7357 lines
251 KiB
C++
7357 lines
251 KiB
C++
/*
|
|
* libwebsockets - small server side websockets and web server implementation
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com>
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation:
|
|
* version 2.1 of the License.
|
|
*
|
|
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
* License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
|
* MA 02110-1301 USA
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/** @file */
|
|
|
|
#ifndef LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C
|
|
#define LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
|
#include <cstddef>
|
|
#include <cstdarg>
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
#else
|
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "lws_config.h"
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* CARE: everything using cmake defines needs to be below here
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_HAS_INTPTR_T)
|
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
|
#define lws_intptr_t intptr_t
|
|
#else
|
|
typedef unsigned long long lws_intptr_t;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
|
|
#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <winsock2.h>
|
|
#include <ws2tcpip.h>
|
|
#include <stddef.h>
|
|
#include <basetsd.h>
|
|
#include <io.h>
|
|
#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
|
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
|
#else
|
|
#define _O_RDONLY 0x0000
|
|
#define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Visual studio older than 2015 and WIN_CE has only _stricmp
|
|
#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
|
|
#define strcasecmp _stricmp
|
|
#elif !defined(__MINGW32__)
|
|
#define strcasecmp stricmp
|
|
#endif
|
|
#define getdtablesize() 30000
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_INLINE __inline
|
|
#define LWS_VISIBLE
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED
|
|
#define LWS_FORMAT(string_index)
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LWS_DLL
|
|
#ifdef LWS_INTERNAL
|
|
#define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport)
|
|
#else
|
|
#define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport)
|
|
#endif
|
|
#else
|
|
#define LWS_EXTERN
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_INVALID_FILE INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
#define LWS_O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY
|
|
#define LWS_O_WRONLY _O_WRONLY
|
|
#define LWS_O_CREAT _O_CREAT
|
|
#define LWS_O_TRUNC _O_TRUNC
|
|
|
|
#ifndef __func__
|
|
#define __func__ __FUNCTION__
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#else /* NOT WIN32 */
|
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
|
#if defined(LWS_HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H) && defined(LWS_HAVE_LIBCAP)
|
|
#include <sys/capability.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__QNX__) || defined(__OpenBSD__)
|
|
#include <sys/socket.h>
|
|
#include <netinet/in.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_INLINE inline
|
|
#define LWS_O_RDONLY O_RDONLY
|
|
#define LWS_O_WRONLY O_WRONLY
|
|
#define LWS_O_CREAT O_CREAT
|
|
#define LWS_O_TRUNC O_TRUNC
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(LWS_PLAT_OPTEE) && !defined(OPTEE_TA) && !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
#include <poll.h>
|
|
#include <netdb.h>
|
|
#define LWS_INVALID_FILE -1
|
|
#else
|
|
#define getdtablesize() (30)
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
#define LWS_INVALID_FILE NULL
|
|
#else
|
|
#define LWS_INVALID_FILE NULL
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
|
|
|
/* warn_unused_result attribute only supported by GCC 3.4 or later */
|
|
#if __GNUC__ >= 4 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
|
|
#else
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_VISIBLE __attribute__((visibility("default")))
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
|
|
#define LWS_FORMAT(string_index) __attribute__ ((format(printf, string_index, string_index+1)))
|
|
#else
|
|
#define LWS_VISIBLE
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
#define LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED
|
|
#define LWS_FORMAT(string_index)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__ANDROID__)
|
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
|
#define getdtablesize() sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_LIBEV)
|
|
#include <ev.h>
|
|
#endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBEV */
|
|
#ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBUV
|
|
#include <uv.h>
|
|
#ifdef LWS_HAVE_UV_VERSION_H
|
|
#include <uv-version.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBUV */
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_LIBEVENT)
|
|
#include <event2/event.h>
|
|
#endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBEVENT */
|
|
|
|
#ifndef LWS_EXTERN
|
|
#define LWS_EXTERN extern
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
#define random rand
|
|
#else
|
|
#if !defined(OPTEE_TA)
|
|
#include <sys/time.h>
|
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_TLS)
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_WOLFSSL
|
|
#ifdef USE_OLD_CYASSL
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
/*
|
|
* Include user-controlled settings for windows from
|
|
* <wolfssl-root>/IDE/WIN/user_settings.h
|
|
*/
|
|
#include <IDE/WIN/user_settings.h>
|
|
#include <cyassl/ctaocrypt/settings.h>
|
|
#else
|
|
#include <cyassl/options.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <cyassl/openssl/ssl.h>
|
|
#include <cyassl/error-ssl.h>
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
|
/*
|
|
* Include user-controlled settings for windows from
|
|
* <wolfssl-root>/IDE/WIN/user_settings.h
|
|
*/
|
|
#include <IDE/WIN/user_settings.h>
|
|
#include <wolfssl/wolfcrypt/settings.h>
|
|
#else
|
|
#include <wolfssl/options.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <wolfssl/openssl/ssl.h>
|
|
#include <wolfssl/error-ssl.h>
|
|
#endif /* not USE_OLD_CYASSL */
|
|
#else
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
/* this filepath is passed to us but without quotes or <> */
|
|
#undef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
|
|
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE <mbedtls/esp_config.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <mbedtls/ssl.h>
|
|
#else
|
|
#include <openssl/ssl.h>
|
|
#if !defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
#include <openssl/err.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif /* not USE_WOLFSSL */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Helpers for pthread mutex in user code... if lws is built for
|
|
* multiple service threads, these resolve to pthread mutex
|
|
* operations. In the case LWS_MAX_SMP is 1 (the default), they
|
|
* are all NOPs and no pthread type or api is referenced.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#if LWS_MAX_SMP > 1
|
|
|
|
#include <pthread.h>
|
|
|
|
#define lws_pthread_mutex(name) pthread_mutex_t name;
|
|
|
|
static LWS_INLINE void
|
|
lws_pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *lock)
|
|
{
|
|
pthread_mutex_init(lock, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static LWS_INLINE void
|
|
lws_pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *lock)
|
|
{
|
|
pthread_mutex_destroy(lock);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static LWS_INLINE void
|
|
lws_pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t *lock)
|
|
{
|
|
pthread_mutex_lock(lock);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static LWS_INLINE void
|
|
lws_pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t *lock)
|
|
{
|
|
pthread_mutex_unlock(lock);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
#define lws_pthread_mutex(name)
|
|
#define lws_pthread_mutex_init(_a)
|
|
#define lws_pthread_mutex_destroy(_a)
|
|
#define lws_pthread_mutex_lock(_a)
|
|
#define lws_pthread_mutex_unlock(_a)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN -1
|
|
#define CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN_SERVER -2
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup log Logging
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Logging
|
|
*
|
|
* Lws provides flexible and filterable logging facilities, which can be
|
|
* used inside lws and in user code.
|
|
*
|
|
* Log categories may be individually filtered bitwise, and directed to built-in
|
|
* sinks for syslog-compatible logging, or a user-defined function.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
enum lws_log_levels {
|
|
LLL_ERR = 1 << 0,
|
|
LLL_WARN = 1 << 1,
|
|
LLL_NOTICE = 1 << 2,
|
|
LLL_INFO = 1 << 3,
|
|
LLL_DEBUG = 1 << 4,
|
|
LLL_PARSER = 1 << 5,
|
|
LLL_HEADER = 1 << 6,
|
|
LLL_EXT = 1 << 7,
|
|
LLL_CLIENT = 1 << 8,
|
|
LLL_LATENCY = 1 << 9,
|
|
LLL_USER = 1 << 10,
|
|
|
|
LLL_COUNT = 11 /* set to count of valid flags */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_log(int filter, const char *format, ...) LWS_FORMAT(2);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_logv(int filter, const char *format, va_list vl);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsl_timestamp: generate logging timestamp string
|
|
*
|
|
* \param level: logging level
|
|
* \param p: char * buffer to take timestamp
|
|
* \param len: length of p
|
|
*
|
|
* returns length written in p
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lwsl_timestamp(int level, char *p, int len);
|
|
|
|
/* these guys are unconditionally included */
|
|
|
|
#define lwsl_err(...) _lws_log(LLL_ERR, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_user(...) _lws_log(LLL_USER, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS)
|
|
/* notice and warn are usually included by being compiled in */
|
|
#define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* weaker logging can be deselected by telling CMake to build in RELEASE mode
|
|
* that gets rid of the overhead of checking while keeping _warn and _err
|
|
* active
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS)
|
|
/* notice, warn and log are always compiled in */
|
|
#define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#endif
|
|
#define lwsl_info(...) _lws_log(LLL_INFO, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_debug(...) _lws_log(LLL_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_parser(...) _lws_log(LLL_PARSER, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_header(...) _lws_log(LLL_HEADER, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_ext(...) _lws_log(LLL_EXT, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_client(...) _lws_log(LLL_CLIENT, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_latency(...) _lws_log(LLL_LATENCY, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
|
|
#else /* no debug */
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_NO_LOGS)
|
|
#define lwsl_warn(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_notice(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#endif
|
|
#define lwsl_info(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_debug(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_parser(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_header(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_ext(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_client(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
#define lwsl_latency(...) do {} while(0)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define lwsl_hexdump_err(...) lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_ERR, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_hexdump_warn(...) lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_hexdump_notice(...) lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_hexdump_info(...) lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_INFO, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
#define lwsl_hexdump_debug(...) lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsl_hexdump_level() - helper to hexdump a buffer at a selected debug level
|
|
*
|
|
* \param level: one of LLL_ constants
|
|
* \param vbuf: buffer start to dump
|
|
* \param len: length of buffer to dump
|
|
*
|
|
* If \p level is visible, does a nice hexdump -C style dump of \p vbuf for
|
|
* \p len bytes. This can be extremely convenient while debugging.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lwsl_hexdump_level(int level, const void *vbuf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsl_hexdump() - helper to hexdump a buffer (DEBUG builds only)
|
|
*
|
|
* \param buf: buffer start to dump
|
|
* \param len: length of buffer to dump
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls through to lwsl_hexdump_level(LLL_DEBUG, ... for compatability.
|
|
* It's better to use lwsl_hexdump_level(level, ... directly so you can control
|
|
* the visibility.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lwsl_hexdump(const void *buf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_is_be() - returns nonzero if the platform is Big Endian
|
|
*/
|
|
static LWS_INLINE int lws_is_be(void) {
|
|
const int probe = ~0xff;
|
|
|
|
return *(const char *)&probe;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_log_level() - Set the logging bitfield
|
|
* \param level: OR together the LLL_ debug contexts you want output from
|
|
* \param log_emit_function: NULL to leave it as it is, or a user-supplied
|
|
* function to perform log string emission instead of
|
|
* the default stderr one.
|
|
*
|
|
* log level defaults to "err", "warn" and "notice" contexts enabled and
|
|
* emission on stderr. If stderr is a tty (according to isatty()) then
|
|
* the output is coloured according to the log level using ANSI escapes.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_log_level(int level,
|
|
void (*log_emit_function)(int level, const char *line));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsl_emit_syslog() - helper log emit function writes to system log
|
|
*
|
|
* \param level: one of LLL_ log level indexes
|
|
* \param line: log string
|
|
*
|
|
* You use this by passing the function pointer to lws_set_log_level(), to set
|
|
* it as the log emit function, it is not called directly.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lwsl_emit_syslog(int level, const char *line);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsl_visible() - returns true if the log level should be printed
|
|
*
|
|
* \param level: one of LLL_ log level indexes
|
|
*
|
|
* This is useful if you have to do work to generate the log content, you
|
|
* can skip the work if the log level used to print it is not actually
|
|
* enabled at runtime.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lwsl_visible(int level);
|
|
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <stddef.h>
|
|
|
|
#ifndef lws_container_of
|
|
#define lws_container_of(P,T,M) ((T *)((char *)(P) - offsetof(T, M)))
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
struct lws;
|
|
#ifndef ARRAY_SIZE
|
|
#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
typedef int64_t lws_usec_t;
|
|
|
|
/* api change list for user code to test against */
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_ARG
|
|
|
|
/* the struct lws_protocols has the id field present */
|
|
#define LWS_FEATURE_PROTOCOLS_HAS_ID_FIELD
|
|
|
|
/* you can call lws_get_peer_write_allowance */
|
|
#define LWS_FEATURE_PROTOCOLS_HAS_PEER_WRITE_ALLOWANCE
|
|
|
|
/* extra parameter introduced in 917f43ab821 */
|
|
#define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_LEN
|
|
|
|
/* File operations stuff exists */
|
|
#define LWS_FEATURE_FOPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_WIN32)
|
|
typedef SOCKET lws_sockfd_type;
|
|
typedef HANDLE lws_filefd_type;
|
|
|
|
struct lws_pollfd {
|
|
lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< file descriptor */
|
|
SHORT events; /**< which events to respond to */
|
|
SHORT revents; /**< which events happened */
|
|
};
|
|
#define LWS_POLLHUP (FD_CLOSE)
|
|
#define LWS_POLLIN (FD_READ | FD_ACCEPT)
|
|
#define LWS_POLLOUT (FD_WRITE)
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
|
|
typedef int lws_sockfd_type;
|
|
typedef int lws_filefd_type;
|
|
|
|
struct pollfd {
|
|
lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< fd related to */
|
|
short events; /**< which POLL... events to respond to */
|
|
short revents; /**< which POLL... events occurred */
|
|
};
|
|
#define POLLIN 0x0001
|
|
#define POLLPRI 0x0002
|
|
#define POLLOUT 0x0004
|
|
#define POLLERR 0x0008
|
|
#define POLLHUP 0x0010
|
|
#define POLLNVAL 0x0020
|
|
|
|
#include <freertos/FreeRTOS.h>
|
|
#include <freertos/event_groups.h>
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
#include "esp_wifi.h"
|
|
#include "esp_system.h"
|
|
#include "esp_event.h"
|
|
#include "esp_event_loop.h"
|
|
#include "nvs.h"
|
|
#include "driver/gpio.h"
|
|
#include "esp_spi_flash.h"
|
|
#include "freertos/timers.h"
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ)
|
|
#define CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ 100
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
typedef TimerHandle_t uv_timer_t;
|
|
typedef void uv_cb_t(uv_timer_t *);
|
|
typedef void * uv_handle_t;
|
|
|
|
struct timer_mapping {
|
|
uv_cb_t *cb;
|
|
uv_timer_t *t;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define UV_VERSION_MAJOR 1
|
|
|
|
#define lws_uv_getloop(a, b) (NULL)
|
|
|
|
static inline void uv_timer_init(void *l, uv_timer_t *t)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)l;
|
|
*t = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
extern void esp32_uvtimer_cb(TimerHandle_t t);
|
|
|
|
static inline void uv_timer_start(uv_timer_t *t, uv_cb_t *cb, int first, int rep)
|
|
{
|
|
struct timer_mapping *tm = (struct timer_mapping *)malloc(sizeof(*tm));
|
|
|
|
if (!tm)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
tm->t = t;
|
|
tm->cb = cb;
|
|
|
|
*t = xTimerCreate("x", pdMS_TO_TICKS(first), !!rep, tm,
|
|
(TimerCallbackFunction_t)esp32_uvtimer_cb);
|
|
xTimerStart(*t, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void uv_timer_stop(uv_timer_t *t)
|
|
{
|
|
xTimerStop(*t, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void uv_close(uv_handle_t *h, void *v)
|
|
{
|
|
free(pvTimerGetTimerID((uv_timer_t)h));
|
|
xTimerDelete(*(uv_timer_t *)h, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ESP32 helper declarations */
|
|
|
|
#include <mdns.h>
|
|
#include <esp_partition.h>
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_PLUGIN_STATIC
|
|
#define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_ADS 0x50001ffc
|
|
#define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_REQ_FACTORY 0xb00bcafe
|
|
#define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_FORCED_FACTORY 0xfaceb00b
|
|
#define LWS_MAGIC_REBOOT_TYPE_FORCED_FACTORY_BUTTON 0xf0cedfac
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* user code provides these */
|
|
|
|
extern void
|
|
lws_esp32_identify_physical_device(void);
|
|
|
|
/* lws-plat-esp32 provides these */
|
|
|
|
typedef void (*lws_cb_scan_done)(uint16_t count, wifi_ap_record_t *recs, void *arg);
|
|
|
|
enum genled_state {
|
|
LWSESP32_GENLED__INIT,
|
|
LWSESP32_GENLED__LOST_NETWORK,
|
|
LWSESP32_GENLED__NO_NETWORK,
|
|
LWSESP32_GENLED__CONN_AP,
|
|
LWSESP32_GENLED__GOT_IP,
|
|
LWSESP32_GENLED__OK,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_group_member {
|
|
struct lws_group_member *next;
|
|
uint64_t last_seen;
|
|
char model[16];
|
|
char role[16];
|
|
char host[32];
|
|
char mac[20];
|
|
int width, height;
|
|
struct ip4_addr addr;
|
|
struct ip6_addr addrv6;
|
|
uint8_t flags;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_SYSTEM_GROUP_MEMBER_ADD 1
|
|
#define LWS_SYSTEM_GROUP_MEMBER_CHANGE 2
|
|
#define LWS_SYSTEM_GROUP_MEMBER_REMOVE 3
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_GROUP_FLAG_SELF 1
|
|
|
|
struct lws_esp32 {
|
|
char sta_ip[16];
|
|
char sta_mask[16];
|
|
char sta_gw[16];
|
|
char serial[16];
|
|
char opts[16];
|
|
char model[16];
|
|
char group[16];
|
|
char role[16];
|
|
char ssid[4][64];
|
|
char password[4][64];
|
|
char active_ssid[64];
|
|
char access_pw[16];
|
|
char hostname[32];
|
|
char mac[20];
|
|
char le_dns[64];
|
|
char le_email[64];
|
|
char region;
|
|
char inet;
|
|
char conn_ap;
|
|
|
|
enum genled_state genled;
|
|
uint64_t genled_t;
|
|
|
|
lws_cb_scan_done scan_consumer;
|
|
void *scan_consumer_arg;
|
|
struct lws_group_member *first;
|
|
int extant_group_members;
|
|
|
|
char acme;
|
|
char upload;
|
|
|
|
volatile char button_is_down;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_esp32_image {
|
|
uint32_t romfs;
|
|
uint32_t romfs_len;
|
|
uint32_t json;
|
|
uint32_t json_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
extern struct lws_esp32 lws_esp32;
|
|
struct lws_vhost;
|
|
|
|
extern esp_err_t
|
|
lws_esp32_event_passthru(void *ctx, system_event_t *event);
|
|
extern void
|
|
lws_esp32_wlan_config(void);
|
|
extern void
|
|
lws_esp32_wlan_start_ap(void);
|
|
extern void
|
|
lws_esp32_wlan_start_station(void);
|
|
struct lws_context_creation_info;
|
|
extern void
|
|
lws_esp32_set_creation_defaults(struct lws_context_creation_info *info);
|
|
extern struct lws_context *
|
|
lws_esp32_init(struct lws_context_creation_info *, struct lws_vhost **pvh);
|
|
extern int
|
|
lws_esp32_wlan_nvs_get(int retry);
|
|
extern esp_err_t
|
|
lws_nvs_set_str(nvs_handle handle, const char* key, const char* value);
|
|
extern void
|
|
lws_esp32_restart_guided(uint32_t type);
|
|
extern const esp_partition_t *
|
|
lws_esp_ota_get_boot_partition(void);
|
|
extern int
|
|
lws_esp32_get_image_info(const esp_partition_t *part, struct lws_esp32_image *i, char *json, int json_len);
|
|
extern int
|
|
lws_esp32_leds_network_indication(void);
|
|
|
|
extern uint32_t lws_esp32_get_reboot_type(void);
|
|
extern uint16_t lws_esp32_sine_interp(int n);
|
|
|
|
/* required in external code by esp32 plat (may just return if no leds) */
|
|
extern void lws_esp32_leds_timer_cb(TimerHandle_t th);
|
|
#else
|
|
typedef int lws_sockfd_type;
|
|
typedef int lws_filefd_type;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define lws_pollfd pollfd
|
|
#define LWS_POLLHUP (POLLHUP|POLLERR)
|
|
#define LWS_POLLIN (POLLIN)
|
|
#define LWS_POLLOUT (POLLOUT)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if (defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
|
|
/* ... */
|
|
#define ssize_t SSIZE_T
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(WIN32) && defined(LWS_HAVE__STAT32I64)
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_HAVE_STDINT_H)
|
|
#include <stdint.h>
|
|
#else
|
|
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
|
|
/* !!! >:-[ */
|
|
typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
|
|
typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
|
|
typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t;
|
|
#else
|
|
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
|
|
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
|
|
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
typedef unsigned long long lws_filepos_t;
|
|
typedef long long lws_fileofs_t;
|
|
typedef uint32_t lws_fop_flags_t;
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_pollargs - argument structure for all external poll related calls
|
|
* passed in via 'in' */
|
|
struct lws_pollargs {
|
|
lws_sockfd_type fd; /**< applicable socket descriptor */
|
|
int events; /**< the new event mask */
|
|
int prev_events; /**< the previous event mask */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_tokens;
|
|
struct lws_token_limits;
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup wsclose Websocket Close
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Websocket close frame control
|
|
*
|
|
* When we close a ws connection, we can send a reason code and a short
|
|
* UTF-8 description back with the close packet.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
/** enum lws_close_status - RFC6455 close status codes */
|
|
enum lws_close_status {
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS = 0,
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NORMAL = 1000,
|
|
/**< 1000 indicates a normal closure, meaning that the purpose for
|
|
which the connection was established has been fulfilled. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_GOINGAWAY = 1001,
|
|
/**< 1001 indicates that an endpoint is "going away", such as a server
|
|
going down or a browser having navigated away from a page. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_PROTOCOL_ERR = 1002,
|
|
/**< 1002 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection due
|
|
to a protocol error. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNACCEPTABLE_OPCODE = 1003,
|
|
/**< 1003 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
|
|
because it has received a type of data it cannot accept (e.g., an
|
|
endpoint that understands only text data MAY send this if it
|
|
receives a binary message). */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_RESERVED = 1004,
|
|
/**< Reserved. The specific meaning might be defined in the future. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NO_STATUS = 1005,
|
|
/**< 1005 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a
|
|
Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in
|
|
applications expecting a status code to indicate that no status
|
|
code was actually present. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_ABNORMAL_CLOSE = 1006,
|
|
/**< 1006 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a
|
|
Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in
|
|
applications expecting a status code to indicate that the
|
|
connection was closed abnormally, e.g., without sending or
|
|
receiving a Close control frame. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_INVALID_PAYLOAD = 1007,
|
|
/**< 1007 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
|
|
because it has received data within a message that was not
|
|
consistent with the type of the message (e.g., non-UTF-8 [RFC3629]
|
|
data within a text message). */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_POLICY_VIOLATION = 1008,
|
|
/**< 1008 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
|
|
because it has received a message that violates its policy. This
|
|
is a generic status code that can be returned when there is no
|
|
other more suitable status code (e.g., 1003 or 1009) or if there
|
|
is a need to hide specific details about the policy. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 1009,
|
|
/**< 1009 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection
|
|
because it has received a message that is too big for it to
|
|
process. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_EXTENSION_REQUIRED = 1010,
|
|
/**< 1010 indicates that an endpoint (client) is terminating the
|
|
connection because it has expected the server to negotiate one or
|
|
more extension, but the server didn't return them in the response
|
|
message of the WebSocket handshake. The list of extensions that
|
|
are needed SHOULD appear in the /reason/ part of the Close frame.
|
|
Note that this status code is not used by the server, because it
|
|
can fail the WebSocket handshake instead */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_CONDITION = 1011,
|
|
/**< 1011 indicates that a server is terminating the connection because
|
|
it encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from
|
|
fulfilling the request. */
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_TLS_FAILURE = 1015,
|
|
/**< 1015 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a
|
|
Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in
|
|
applications expecting a status code to indicate that the
|
|
connection was closed due to a failure to perform a TLS handshake
|
|
(e.g., the server certificate can't be verified). */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_CLIENT_TRANSACTION_DONE = 2000,
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS_CONTEXT_DESTROY = 9999,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_close_reason - Set reason and aux data to send with Close packet
|
|
* If you are going to return nonzero from the callback
|
|
* requesting the connection to close, you can optionally
|
|
* call this to set the reason the peer will be told if
|
|
* possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: The websocket connection to set the close reason on
|
|
* \param status: A valid close status from websocket standard
|
|
* \param buf: NULL or buffer containing up to 124 bytes of auxiliary data
|
|
* \param len: Length of data in \param buf to send
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_close_reason(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_close_status status,
|
|
unsigned char *buf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
struct lws;
|
|
struct lws_context;
|
|
/* needed even with extensions disabled for create context */
|
|
struct lws_extension;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup usercb User Callback
|
|
*
|
|
* ##User protocol callback
|
|
*
|
|
* The protocol callback is the primary way lws interacts with
|
|
* user code. For one of a list of a few dozen reasons the callback gets
|
|
* called at some event to be handled.
|
|
*
|
|
* All of the events can be ignored, returning 0 is taken as "OK" and returning
|
|
* nonzero in most cases indicates that the connection should be closed.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
struct lws_ssl_info {
|
|
int where;
|
|
int ret;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum lws_cert_update_state {
|
|
LWS_CUS_IDLE,
|
|
LWS_CUS_STARTING,
|
|
LWS_CUS_SUCCESS,
|
|
LWS_CUS_FAILED,
|
|
|
|
LWS_CUS_CREATE_KEYS,
|
|
LWS_CUS_REG,
|
|
LWS_CUS_AUTH,
|
|
LWS_CUS_CHALLENGE,
|
|
LWS_CUS_CREATE_REQ,
|
|
LWS_CUS_REQ,
|
|
LWS_CUS_CONFIRM,
|
|
LWS_CUS_ISSUE,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_COUNTRY,
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_STATE,
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_LOCALITY,
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_ORGANIZATION,
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_COMMON_NAME,
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_EMAIL,
|
|
|
|
LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_COUNT,
|
|
|
|
LWS_TLS_SET_DIR_URL = LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_COUNT,
|
|
LWS_TLS_SET_AUTH_PATH,
|
|
LWS_TLS_SET_CERT_PATH,
|
|
LWS_TLS_SET_KEY_PATH,
|
|
|
|
LWS_TLS_TOTAL_COUNT
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_acme_cert_aging_args {
|
|
struct lws_vhost *vh;
|
|
const char *element_overrides[LWS_TLS_TOTAL_COUNT]; /* NULL = use pvo */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
/** enum lws_callback_reasons - reason you're getting a protocol callback */
|
|
enum lws_callback_reasons {
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to wsi and protocol binding lifecycle -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT = 27,
|
|
/**< One-time call per protocol, per-vhost using it, so it can
|
|
* do initial setup / allocations etc */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_DESTROY = 28,
|
|
/**< One-time call per protocol, per-vhost using it, indicating
|
|
* this protocol won't get used at all after this callback, the
|
|
* vhost is getting destroyed. Take the opportunity to
|
|
* deallocate everything that was allocated by the protocol. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_CREATE = 29,
|
|
/**< outermost (earliest) wsi create notification to protocols[0] */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_DESTROY = 30,
|
|
/**< outermost (latest) wsi destroy notification to protocols[0] */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BIND_PROTOCOL = 49,
|
|
/**< By default, all HTTP handling is done in protocols[0].
|
|
* However you can bind different protocols (by name) to
|
|
* different parts of the URL space using callback mounts. This
|
|
* callback occurs in the new protocol when a wsi is bound
|
|
* to that protocol. Any protocol allocation related to the
|
|
* http transaction processing should be created then.
|
|
* These specific callbacks are necessary because with HTTP/1.1,
|
|
* a single connection may perform at series of different
|
|
* transactions at different URLs, thus the lifetime of the
|
|
* protocol bind is just for one transaction, not connection. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_DROP_PROTOCOL = 50,
|
|
/**< This is called when a transaction is unbound from a protocol.
|
|
* It indicates the connection completed its transaction and may
|
|
* do something different now. Any protocol allocation related
|
|
* to the http transaction processing should be destroyed. */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to Server TLS -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS = 21,
|
|
/**< if configured for
|
|
* including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code
|
|
* to perform extra SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations() or similar
|
|
* calls to direct OpenSSL where to find certificates the client
|
|
* can use to confirm the remote server identity. user is the
|
|
* OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS = 22,
|
|
/**< if configured for
|
|
* including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code
|
|
* to load extra certificates into the server which allow it to
|
|
* verify the validity of certificates returned by clients. user
|
|
* is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* and in is the lws_vhost */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION = 23,
|
|
/**< if the libwebsockets vhost was created with the option
|
|
* LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT, then this
|
|
* callback is generated during OpenSSL verification of the cert
|
|
* sent from the client. It is sent to protocol[0] callback as
|
|
* no protocol has been negotiated on the connection yet.
|
|
* Notice that the libwebsockets context and wsi are both NULL
|
|
* during this callback. See
|
|
* http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_set_verify.html
|
|
* to understand more detail about the OpenSSL callback that
|
|
* generates this libwebsockets callback and the meanings of the
|
|
* arguments passed. In this callback, user is the x509_ctx,
|
|
* in is the ssl pointer and len is preverify_ok
|
|
* Notice that this callback maintains libwebsocket return
|
|
* conventions, return 0 to mean the cert is OK or 1 to fail it.
|
|
* This also means that if you don't handle this callback then
|
|
* the default callback action of returning 0 allows the client
|
|
* certificates. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_CONTEXT_REQUIRES_PRIVATE_KEY = 37,
|
|
/**< if configured for including OpenSSL support but no private key
|
|
* file has been specified (ssl_private_key_filepath is NULL), this is
|
|
* called to allow the user to set the private key directly via
|
|
* libopenssl and perform further operations if required; this might be
|
|
* useful in situations where the private key is not directly accessible
|
|
* by the OS, for example if it is stored on a smartcard.
|
|
* user is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_SSL_INFO = 67,
|
|
/**< SSL connections only. An event you registered an
|
|
* interest in at the vhost has occurred on a connection
|
|
* using the vhost. in is a pointer to a
|
|
* struct lws_ssl_info containing information about the
|
|
* event*/
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to Client TLS -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_SERVER_CERT_VERIFICATION = 58,
|
|
/**< Similar to LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION
|
|
* this callback is called during OpenSSL verification of the cert
|
|
* sent from the server to the client. It is sent to protocol[0]
|
|
* callback as no protocol has been negotiated on the connection yet.
|
|
* Notice that the wsi is set because lws_client_connect_via_info was
|
|
* successful.
|
|
*
|
|
* See http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_set_verify.html
|
|
* to understand more detail about the OpenSSL callback that
|
|
* generates this libwebsockets callback and the meanings of the
|
|
* arguments passed. In this callback, user is the x509_ctx,
|
|
* in is the ssl pointer and len is preverify_ok.
|
|
*
|
|
* THIS IS NOT RECOMMENDED BUT if a cert validation error shall be
|
|
* overruled and cert shall be accepted as ok,
|
|
* X509_STORE_CTX_set_error((X509_STORE_CTX*)user, X509_V_OK); must be
|
|
* called and return value must be 0 to mean the cert is OK;
|
|
* returning 1 will fail the cert in any case.
|
|
*
|
|
* This also means that if you don't handle this callback then
|
|
* the default callback action of returning 0 will not accept the
|
|
* certificate in case of a validation error decided by the SSL lib.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is expected and secure behaviour when validating certificates.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: LCCSCF_ALLOW_SELFSIGNED and
|
|
* LCCSCF_SKIP_SERVER_CERT_HOSTNAME_CHECK still work without this
|
|
* callback being implemented.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to HTTP Server -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_NEW_CLIENT_INSTANTIATED = 19,
|
|
/**< A new client has been accepted by the ws server. This
|
|
* callback allows setting any relevant property to it. Because this
|
|
* happens immediately after the instantiation of a new client,
|
|
* there's no websocket protocol selected yet so this callback is
|
|
* issued only to protocol 0. Only wsi is defined, pointing to the
|
|
* new client, and the return value is ignored. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP = 12,
|
|
/**< an http request has come from a client that is not
|
|
* asking to upgrade the connection to a websocket
|
|
* one. This is a chance to serve http content,
|
|
* for example, to send a script to the client
|
|
* which will then open the websockets connection.
|
|
* in points to the URI path requested and
|
|
* lws_serve_http_file() makes it very
|
|
* simple to send back a file to the client.
|
|
* Normally after sending the file you are done
|
|
* with the http connection, since the rest of the
|
|
* activity will come by websockets from the script
|
|
* that was delivered by http, so you will want to
|
|
* return 1; to close and free up the connection. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY = 13,
|
|
/**< the next len bytes data from the http
|
|
* request body HTTP connection is now available in in. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY_COMPLETION = 14,
|
|
/**< the expected amount of http request body has been delivered */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_FILE_COMPLETION = 15,
|
|
/**< a file requested to be sent down http link has completed. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_WRITEABLE = 16,
|
|
/**< you can write more down the http protocol link now. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_HTTP = 5,
|
|
/**< when a HTTP (non-websocket) session ends */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_HTTP_CONNECTION = 18,
|
|
/**< called when the request has
|
|
* been received and parsed from the client, but the response is
|
|
* not sent yet. Return non-zero to disallow the connection.
|
|
* user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation,
|
|
* in is the URI, eg, "/"
|
|
* In your handler you can use the public APIs
|
|
* lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the
|
|
* headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from
|
|
* libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header
|
|
* presence and content before deciding to allow the http
|
|
* connection to proceed or to kill the connection. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_HEADERS = 53,
|
|
/**< This gives your user code a chance to add headers to a server
|
|
* transaction bound to your protocol. `in` points to a
|
|
* `struct lws_process_html_args` describing a buffer and length
|
|
* you can add headers into using the normal lws apis.
|
|
*
|
|
* (see LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER to add headers to
|
|
* a client transaction)
|
|
*
|
|
* Only `args->p` and `args->len` are valid, and `args->p` should
|
|
* be moved on by the amount of bytes written, if any. Eg
|
|
*
|
|
* case LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_HEADERS:
|
|
*
|
|
* struct lws_process_html_args *args =
|
|
* (struct lws_process_html_args *)in;
|
|
*
|
|
* if (lws_add_http_header_by_name(wsi,
|
|
* (unsigned char *)"set-cookie:",
|
|
* (unsigned char *)cookie, cookie_len,
|
|
* (unsigned char **)&args->p,
|
|
* (unsigned char *)args->p + args->max_len))
|
|
* return 1;
|
|
*
|
|
* break;
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CHECK_ACCESS_RIGHTS = 51,
|
|
/**< This gives the user code a chance to forbid an http access.
|
|
* `in` points to a `struct lws_process_html_args`, which
|
|
* describes the URL, and a bit mask describing the type of
|
|
* authentication required. If the callback returns nonzero,
|
|
* the transaction ends with HTTP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_PROCESS_HTML = 52,
|
|
/**< This gives your user code a chance to mangle outgoing
|
|
* HTML. `in` points to a `struct lws_process_html_args`
|
|
* which describes the buffer containing outgoing HTML.
|
|
* The buffer may grow up to `.max_len` (currently +128
|
|
* bytes per buffer).
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to HTTP Client -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED_CLIENT_HTTP = 44,
|
|
/**< The HTTP client connection has succeeded, and is now
|
|
* connected to the server */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_CLIENT_HTTP = 45,
|
|
/**< The HTTP client connection is closing */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ = 48,
|
|
/**< This is generated by lws_http_client_read() used to drain
|
|
* incoming data. In the case the incoming data was chunked, it will
|
|
* be split into multiple smaller callbacks for each chunk block,
|
|
* removing the chunk headers. If not chunked, it will appear all in
|
|
* one callback. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP = 46,
|
|
/**< This simply indicates data was received on the HTTP client
|
|
* connection. It does NOT drain or provide the data.
|
|
* This exists to neatly allow a proxying type situation,
|
|
* where this incoming data will go out on another connection.
|
|
* If the outgoing connection stalls, we should stall processing
|
|
* the incoming data. So a handler for this in that case should
|
|
* simply set a flag to indicate there is incoming data ready
|
|
* and ask for a writeable callback on the outgoing connection.
|
|
* In the writable callback he can check the flag and then get
|
|
* and drain the waiting incoming data using lws_http_client_read().
|
|
* This will use callbacks to LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ
|
|
* to get and drain the incoming data, where it should be sent
|
|
* back out on the outgoing connection. */
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_COMPLETED_CLIENT_HTTP = 47,
|
|
/**< The client transaction completed... at the moment this
|
|
* is the same as closing since transaction pipelining on
|
|
* client side is not yet supported. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_HTTP_WRITEABLE = 57,
|
|
/**< when doing an HTTP type client connection, you can call
|
|
* lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 1) from
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER to get these callbacks
|
|
* sending the HTTP headers.
|
|
*
|
|
* From this callback, when you have sent everything, you should let
|
|
* lws know by calling lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 0)
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to Websocket Server -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED = 0,
|
|
/**< (VH) after the server completes a handshake with an incoming
|
|
* client. If you built the library with ssl support, in is a
|
|
* pointer to the ssl struct associated with the connection or NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* b0 of len is set if the connection was made using ws-over-h2
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED = 4,
|
|
/**< when the websocket session ends */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE = 11,
|
|
/**< See LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE = 6,
|
|
/**< data has appeared for this server endpoint from a
|
|
* remote client, it can be found at *in and is
|
|
* len bytes long */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_PONG = 7,
|
|
/**< servers receive PONG packets with this callback reason */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_WS_PEER_INITIATED_CLOSE = 38,
|
|
/**< The peer has sent an unsolicited Close WS packet. in and
|
|
* len are the optional close code (first 2 bytes, network
|
|
* order) and the optional additional information which is not
|
|
* defined in the standard, and may be a string or non human-readable
|
|
* data.
|
|
* If you return 0 lws will echo the close and then close the
|
|
* connection. If you return nonzero lws will just close the
|
|
* connection. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_PROTOCOL_CONNECTION = 20,
|
|
/**< called when the handshake has
|
|
* been received and parsed from the client, but the response is
|
|
* not sent yet. Return non-zero to disallow the connection.
|
|
* user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation,
|
|
* in is the requested protocol name
|
|
* In your handler you can use the public APIs
|
|
* lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the
|
|
* headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from
|
|
* libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header
|
|
* presence and content before deciding to allow the handshake
|
|
* to proceed or to kill the connection. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_OKAY = 25,
|
|
/**< When the server handshake code
|
|
* sees that it does support a requested extension, before
|
|
* accepting the extension by additing to the list sent back to
|
|
* the client it gives this callback just to check that it's okay
|
|
* to use that extension. It calls back to the requested protocol
|
|
* and with in being the extension name, len is 0 and user is
|
|
* valid. Note though at this time the ESTABLISHED callback hasn't
|
|
* happened yet so if you initialize user content there, user
|
|
* content during this callback might not be useful for anything. */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to Websocket Client -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR = 1,
|
|
/**< the request client connection has been unable to complete a
|
|
* handshake with the remote server. If in is non-NULL, you can
|
|
* find an error string of length len where it points to
|
|
*
|
|
* Diagnostic strings that may be returned include
|
|
*
|
|
* "getaddrinfo (ipv6) failed"
|
|
* "unknown address family"
|
|
* "getaddrinfo (ipv4) failed"
|
|
* "set socket opts failed"
|
|
* "insert wsi failed"
|
|
* "lws_ssl_client_connect1 failed"
|
|
* "lws_ssl_client_connect2 failed"
|
|
* "Peer hung up"
|
|
* "read failed"
|
|
* "HS: URI missing"
|
|
* "HS: Redirect code but no Location"
|
|
* "HS: URI did not parse"
|
|
* "HS: Redirect failed"
|
|
* "HS: Server did not return 200"
|
|
* "HS: OOM"
|
|
* "HS: disallowed by client filter"
|
|
* "HS: disallowed at ESTABLISHED"
|
|
* "HS: ACCEPT missing"
|
|
* "HS: ws upgrade response not 101"
|
|
* "HS: UPGRADE missing"
|
|
* "HS: Upgrade to something other than websocket"
|
|
* "HS: CONNECTION missing"
|
|
* "HS: UPGRADE malformed"
|
|
* "HS: PROTOCOL malformed"
|
|
* "HS: Cannot match protocol"
|
|
* "HS: EXT: list too big"
|
|
* "HS: EXT: failed setting defaults"
|
|
* "HS: EXT: failed parsing defaults"
|
|
* "HS: EXT: failed parsing options"
|
|
* "HS: EXT: Rejects server options"
|
|
* "HS: EXT: unknown ext"
|
|
* "HS: Accept hash wrong"
|
|
* "HS: Rejected by filter cb"
|
|
* "HS: OOM"
|
|
* "HS: SO_SNDBUF failed"
|
|
* "HS: Rejected at CLIENT_ESTABLISHED"
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_FILTER_PRE_ESTABLISH = 2,
|
|
/**< this is the last chance for the client user code to examine the
|
|
* http headers and decide to reject the connection. If the
|
|
* content in the headers is interesting to the
|
|
* client (url, etc) it needs to copy it out at
|
|
* this point since it will be destroyed before
|
|
* the CLIENT_ESTABLISHED call */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_ESTABLISHED = 3,
|
|
/**< after your client connection completed the websocket upgrade
|
|
* handshake with the remote server */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CLOSED = 75,
|
|
/**< when a client websocket session ends */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER = 24,
|
|
/**< this callback happens
|
|
* when a client handshake is being compiled. user is NULL,
|
|
* in is a char **, it's pointing to a char * which holds the
|
|
* next location in the header buffer where you can add
|
|
* headers, and len is the remaining space in the header buffer,
|
|
* which is typically some hundreds of bytes. So, to add a canned
|
|
* cookie, your handler code might look similar to:
|
|
*
|
|
* char **p = (char **)in;
|
|
*
|
|
* if (len < 100)
|
|
* return 1;
|
|
*
|
|
* *p += sprintf(*p, "Cookie: a=b\x0d\x0a");
|
|
*
|
|
* return 0;
|
|
*
|
|
* Notice if you add anything, you just have to take care about
|
|
* the CRLF on the line you added. Obviously this callback is
|
|
* optional, if you don't handle it everything is fine.
|
|
*
|
|
* Notice the callback is coming to protocols[0] all the time,
|
|
* because there is no specific protocol negotiated yet.
|
|
*
|
|
* See LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_HEADERS for adding headers to server
|
|
* transactions.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE = 8,
|
|
/**< data has appeared from the server for the client connection, it
|
|
* can be found at *in and is len bytes long */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE_PONG = 9,
|
|
/**< clients receive PONG packets with this callback reason */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE = 10,
|
|
/**< If you call lws_callback_on_writable() on a connection, you will
|
|
* get one of these callbacks coming when the connection socket
|
|
* is able to accept another write packet without blocking.
|
|
* If it already was able to take another packet without blocking,
|
|
* you'll get this callback at the next call to the service loop
|
|
* function. Notice that CLIENTs get LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE
|
|
* and servers get LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_SUPPORTED = 26,
|
|
/**< When a ws client
|
|
* connection is being prepared to start a handshake to a server,
|
|
* each supported extension is checked with protocols[0] callback
|
|
* with this reason, giving the user code a chance to suppress the
|
|
* claim to support that extension by returning non-zero. If
|
|
* unhandled, by default 0 will be returned and the extension
|
|
* support included in the header to the server. Notice this
|
|
* callback comes to protocols[0]. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_WS_EXT_DEFAULTS = 39,
|
|
/**< Gives client connections an opportunity to adjust negotiated
|
|
* extension defaults. `user` is the extension name that was
|
|
* negotiated (eg, "permessage-deflate"). `in` points to a
|
|
* buffer and `len` is the buffer size. The user callback can
|
|
* set the buffer to a string describing options the extension
|
|
* should parse. Or just ignore for defaults. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_NETWORK_CONNECTION = 17,
|
|
/**< called when a client connects to
|
|
* the server at network level; the connection is accepted but then
|
|
* passed to this callback to decide whether to hang up immediately
|
|
* or not, based on the client IP. in contains the connection
|
|
* socket's descriptor. Since the client connection information is
|
|
* not available yet, wsi still pointing to the main server socket.
|
|
* Return non-zero to terminate the connection before sending or
|
|
* receiving anything. Because this happens immediately after the
|
|
* network connection from the client, there's no websocket protocol
|
|
* selected yet so this callback is issued only to protocol 0. */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to external poll loop integration -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_GET_THREAD_ID = 31,
|
|
/**< lws can accept callback when writable requests from other
|
|
* threads, if you implement this callback and return an opaque
|
|
* current thread ID integer. */
|
|
|
|
/* external poll() management support */
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_POLL_FD = 32,
|
|
/**< lws normally deals with its poll() or other event loop
|
|
* internally, but in the case you are integrating with another
|
|
* server you will need to have lws sockets share a
|
|
* polling array with the other server. This and the other
|
|
* POLL_FD related callbacks let you put your specialized
|
|
* poll array interface code in the callback for protocol 0, the
|
|
* first protocol you support, usually the HTTP protocol in the
|
|
* serving case.
|
|
* This callback happens when a socket needs to be
|
|
* added to the polling loop: in points to a struct
|
|
* lws_pollargs; the fd member of the struct is the file
|
|
* descriptor, and events contains the active events
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are using the internal lws polling / event loop
|
|
* you can just ignore these callbacks. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_DEL_POLL_FD = 33,
|
|
/**< This callback happens when a socket descriptor
|
|
* needs to be removed from an external polling array. in is
|
|
* again the struct lws_pollargs containing the fd member
|
|
* to be removed. If you are using the internal polling
|
|
* loop, you can just ignore it. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CHANGE_MODE_POLL_FD = 34,
|
|
/**< This callback happens when lws wants to modify the events for
|
|
* a connection.
|
|
* in is the struct lws_pollargs with the fd to change.
|
|
* The new event mask is in events member and the old mask is in
|
|
* the prev_events member.
|
|
* If you are using the internal polling loop, you can just ignore
|
|
* it. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL = 35,
|
|
/**< These allow the external poll changes driven
|
|
* by lws to participate in an external thread locking
|
|
* scheme around the changes, so the whole thing is threadsafe.
|
|
* These are called around three activities in the library,
|
|
* - inserting a new wsi in the wsi / fd table (len=1)
|
|
* - deleting a wsi from the wsi / fd table (len=1)
|
|
* - changing a wsi's POLLIN/OUT state (len=0)
|
|
* Locking and unlocking external synchronization objects when
|
|
* len == 1 allows external threads to be synchronized against
|
|
* wsi lifecycle changes if it acquires the same lock for the
|
|
* duration of wsi dereference from the other thread context. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_UNLOCK_POLL = 36,
|
|
/**< See LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL, ignore if using lws internal poll */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to CGI serving -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CGI = 40,
|
|
/**< CGI: CGI IO events on stdin / out / err are sent here on
|
|
* protocols[0]. The provided `lws_callback_http_dummy()`
|
|
* handles this and the callback should be directed there if
|
|
* you use CGI. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_TERMINATED = 41,
|
|
/**< CGI: The related CGI process ended, this is called before
|
|
* the wsi is closed. Used to, eg, terminate chunking.
|
|
* The provided `lws_callback_http_dummy()`
|
|
* handles this and the callback should be directed there if
|
|
* you use CGI. The child PID that terminated is in len. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_STDIN_DATA = 42,
|
|
/**< CGI: Data is, to be sent to the CGI process stdin, eg from
|
|
* a POST body. The provided `lws_callback_http_dummy()`
|
|
* handles this and the callback should be directed there if
|
|
* you use CGI. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_STDIN_COMPLETED = 43,
|
|
/**< CGI: no more stdin is coming. The provided
|
|
* `lws_callback_http_dummy()` handles this and the callback
|
|
* should be directed there if you use CGI. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CGI_PROCESS_ATTACH = 70,
|
|
/**< CGI: Sent when the CGI process is spawned for the wsi. The
|
|
* len parameter is the PID of the child process */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to Generic Sessions -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_SESSION_INFO = 54,
|
|
/**< This is only generated by user code using generic sessions.
|
|
* It's used to get a `struct lws_session_info` filled in by
|
|
* generic sessions with information about the logged-in user.
|
|
* See the messageboard sample for an example of how to use. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_GS_EVENT = 55,
|
|
/**< Indicates an event happened to the Generic Sessions session.
|
|
* `in` contains a `struct lws_gs_event_args` describing the event. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_PMO = 56,
|
|
/**< per-mount options for this connection, called before
|
|
* the normal LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP when the mount has per-mount
|
|
* options.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to RAW sockets -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_RX = 59,
|
|
/**< RAW mode connection RX */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_CLOSE = 60,
|
|
/**< RAW mode connection is closing */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_WRITEABLE = 61,
|
|
/**< RAW mode connection may be written */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_ADOPT = 62,
|
|
/**< RAW mode connection was adopted (equivalent to 'wsi created') */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to RAW file handles -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_ADOPT_FILE = 63,
|
|
/**< RAW mode file was adopted (equivalent to 'wsi created') */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_RX_FILE = 64,
|
|
/**< This is the indication the RAW mode file has something to read.
|
|
* This doesn't actually do the read of the file and len is always
|
|
* 0... your code should do the read having been informed there is
|
|
* something to read now. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_WRITEABLE_FILE = 65,
|
|
/**< RAW mode file is writeable */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_RAW_CLOSE_FILE = 66,
|
|
/**< RAW mode wsi that adopted a file is closing */
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to generic wsi events -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_TIMER = 73,
|
|
/**< When the time elapsed after a call to
|
|
* lws_set_timer_usecs(wsi, usecs) is up, the wsi will get one of
|
|
* these callbacks. The deadline can be continuously extended into the
|
|
* future by later calls to lws_set_timer_usecs() before the deadline
|
|
* expires, or cancelled by lws_set_timer_usecs(wsi, -1);
|
|
* See the note on lws_set_timer_usecs() about which event loops are
|
|
* supported. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_EVENT_WAIT_CANCELLED = 71,
|
|
/**< This is sent to every protocol of every vhost in response
|
|
* to lws_cancel_service() or lws_cancel_service_pt(). This
|
|
* callback is serialized in the lws event loop normally, even
|
|
* if the lws_cancel_service[_pt]() call was from a different
|
|
* thread. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CHILD_CLOSING = 69,
|
|
/**< Sent to parent to notify them a child is closing / being
|
|
* destroyed. in is the child wsi.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_CHILD_WRITE_VIA_PARENT = 68,
|
|
/**< Child has been marked with parent_carries_io attribute, so
|
|
* lws_write directs the to this callback at the parent,
|
|
* in is a struct lws_write_passthru containing the args
|
|
* the lws_write() was called with.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
* ----- Callbacks related to TLS certificate management -----
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_VHOST_CERT_AGING = 72,
|
|
/**< When a vhost TLS cert has its expiry checked, this callback
|
|
* is broadcast to every protocol of every vhost in case the
|
|
* protocol wants to take some action with this information.
|
|
* \p in is a pointer to a struct lws_acme_cert_aging_args,
|
|
* and \p len is the number of days left before it expires, as
|
|
* a (ssize_t). In the struct lws_acme_cert_aging_args, vh
|
|
* points to the vhost the cert aging information applies to,
|
|
* and element_overrides[] is an optional way to update information
|
|
* from the pvos... NULL in an index means use the information from
|
|
* from the pvo for the cert renewal, non-NULL in the array index
|
|
* means use that pointer instead for the index. */
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_VHOST_CERT_UPDATE = 74,
|
|
/**< When a vhost TLS cert is being updated, progress is
|
|
* reported to the vhost in question here, including completion
|
|
* and failure. in points to optional JSON, and len represents the
|
|
* connection state using enum lws_cert_update_state */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
|
|
LWS_CALLBACK_USER = 1000,
|
|
/**< user code can use any including above without fear of clashes */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* typedef lws_callback_function() - User server actions
|
|
* \param wsi: Opaque websocket instance pointer
|
|
* \param reason: The reason for the call
|
|
* \param user: Pointer to per-session user data allocated by library
|
|
* \param in: Pointer used for some callback reasons
|
|
* \param len: Length set for some callback reasons
|
|
*
|
|
* This callback is the way the user controls what is served. All the
|
|
* protocol detail is hidden and handled by the library.
|
|
*
|
|
* For each connection / session there is user data allocated that is
|
|
* pointed to by "user". You set the size of this user data area when
|
|
* the library is initialized with lws_create_server.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef int
|
|
lws_callback_function(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_callback_reasons reason,
|
|
void *user, void *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__CGI 1
|
|
#define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__PROXY 2
|
|
#define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__CGI_CHUNK_END 4
|
|
#define LWS_CB_REASON_AUX_BF__CGI_HEADERS 8
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
struct lws_vhost;
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup generic hash
|
|
* ## Generic Hash related functions
|
|
*
|
|
* Lws provides generic hash / digest accessors that abstract the ones
|
|
* provided by whatever OpenSSL library you are linking against.
|
|
*
|
|
* It lets you use the same code if you build against mbedtls or OpenSSL
|
|
* for example.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_TLS)
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
#include <mbedtls/sha1.h>
|
|
#include <mbedtls/sha256.h>
|
|
#include <mbedtls/sha512.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
enum lws_genhash_types {
|
|
LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA1,
|
|
LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA256,
|
|
LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA384,
|
|
LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA512,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum lws_genhmac_types {
|
|
LWS_GENHMAC_TYPE_SHA256,
|
|
LWS_GENHMAC_TYPE_SHA384,
|
|
LWS_GENHMAC_TYPE_SHA512,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_GENHASH_LARGEST 64
|
|
|
|
struct lws_genhash_ctx {
|
|
uint8_t type;
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
union {
|
|
mbedtls_sha1_context sha1;
|
|
mbedtls_sha256_context sha256;
|
|
mbedtls_sha512_context sha512; /* 384 also uses this */
|
|
const mbedtls_md_info_t *hmac;
|
|
} u;
|
|
#else
|
|
const EVP_MD *evp_type;
|
|
EVP_MD_CTX *mdctx;
|
|
#endif
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_genhmac_ctx {
|
|
uint8_t type;
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
const mbedtls_md_info_t *hmac;
|
|
mbedtls_md_context_t ctx;
|
|
#else
|
|
const EVP_MD *evp_type;
|
|
EVP_MD_CTX *ctx;
|
|
#endif
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhash_size() - get hash size in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* \param type: one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_...
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns number of bytes in this type of hash
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_genhash_size(enum lws_genhash_types type);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhmac_size() - get hash size in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* \param type: one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_...
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns number of bytes in this type of hmac
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_genhmac_size(enum lws_genhmac_types type);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhash_init() - prepare your struct lws_genhash_ctx for use
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genhash_ctx
|
|
* \param type: one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_...
|
|
*
|
|
* Initializes the hash context for the type you requested
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_genhash_init(struct lws_genhash_ctx *ctx, enum lws_genhash_types type);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhash_update() - digest len bytes of the buffer starting at in
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genhash_ctx
|
|
* \param in: start of the bytes to digest
|
|
* \param len: count of bytes to digest
|
|
*
|
|
* Updates the state of your hash context to reflect digesting len bytes from in
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_genhash_update(struct lws_genhash_ctx *ctx, const void *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhash_destroy() - copy out the result digest and destroy the ctx
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genhash_ctx
|
|
* \param result: NULL, or where to copy the result hash
|
|
*
|
|
* Finalizes the hash and copies out the digest. Destroys any allocations such
|
|
* that ctx can safely go out of scope after calling this.
|
|
*
|
|
* NULL result is supported so that you can destroy the ctx cleanly on error
|
|
* conditions, where there is no valid result.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genhash_destroy(struct lws_genhash_ctx *ctx, void *result);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhmac_init() - prepare your struct lws_genhmac_ctx for use
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genhmac_ctx
|
|
* \param type: one of LWS_GENHMAC_TYPE_...
|
|
* \param key: pointer to the start of the HMAC key
|
|
* \param key_len: length of the HMAC key
|
|
*
|
|
* Initializes the hash context for the type you requested
|
|
*
|
|
* If the return is nonzero, it failed and there is nothing needing to be
|
|
* destroyed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
lws_genhmac_init(struct lws_genhmac_ctx *ctx, enum lws_genhmac_types type,
|
|
const uint8_t *key, size_t key_len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhmac_update() - digest len bytes of the buffer starting at in
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genhmac_ctx
|
|
* \param in: start of the bytes to digest
|
|
* \param len: count of bytes to digest
|
|
*
|
|
* Updates the state of your hash context to reflect digesting len bytes from in
|
|
*
|
|
* If the return is nonzero, it failed and needs destroying.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
lws_genhmac_update(struct lws_genhmac_ctx *ctx, const void *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genhmac_destroy() - copy out the result digest and destroy the ctx
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genhmac_ctx
|
|
* \param result: NULL, or where to copy the result hash
|
|
*
|
|
* Finalizes the hash and copies out the digest. Destroys any allocations such
|
|
* that ctx can safely go out of scope after calling this.
|
|
*
|
|
* NULL result is supported so that you can destroy the ctx cleanly on error
|
|
* conditions, where there is no valid result.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
lws_genhmac_destroy(struct lws_genhmac_ctx *ctx, void *result);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup generic RSA
|
|
* ## Generic RSA related functions
|
|
*
|
|
* Lws provides generic RSA functions that abstract the ones
|
|
* provided by whatever OpenSSL library you are linking against.
|
|
*
|
|
* It lets you use the same code if you build against mbedtls or OpenSSL
|
|
* for example.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
enum enum_jwk_tok {
|
|
JWK_KEY_E,
|
|
JWK_KEY_N,
|
|
JWK_KEY_D,
|
|
JWK_KEY_P,
|
|
JWK_KEY_Q,
|
|
JWK_KEY_DP,
|
|
JWK_KEY_DQ,
|
|
JWK_KEY_QI,
|
|
JWK_KTY, /* also serves as count of real elements */
|
|
JWK_KEY,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_COUNT_RSA_ELEMENTS JWK_KTY
|
|
|
|
struct lws_genrsa_ctx {
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx;
|
|
#else
|
|
BIGNUM *bn[LWS_COUNT_RSA_ELEMENTS];
|
|
RSA *rsa;
|
|
#endif
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_genrsa_element {
|
|
uint8_t *buf;
|
|
uint16_t len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_genrsa_elements {
|
|
struct lws_genrsa_element e[LWS_COUNT_RSA_ELEMENTS];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_destroy_genrsa_elements() - Free allocations in genrsa_elements
|
|
*
|
|
* \param el: your struct lws_genrsa_elements
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a helper for user code making use of struct lws_genrsa_elements
|
|
* where the elements are allocated on the heap, it frees any non-NULL
|
|
* buf element and sets the buf to NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: lws_genrsa_public_... apis do not need this as they take care of the key
|
|
* creation and destruction themselves.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_jwk_destroy_genrsa_elements(struct lws_genrsa_elements *el);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_public_decrypt_create() - Create RSA public decrypt context
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
* \param el: struct prepared with key element data
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates an RSA context with a public key associated with it, formed from
|
|
* the key elements in \p el.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 for OK or nonzero for error.
|
|
*
|
|
* This and related APIs operate identically with OpenSSL or mbedTLS backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genrsa_create(struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx, struct lws_genrsa_elements *el);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_new_keypair() - Create new RSA keypair
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: your struct lws_context (may be used for RNG)
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
* \param el: struct to get the new key element data allocated into it
|
|
* \param bits: key size, eg, 4096
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a new RSA context and generates a new keypair into it, with \p bits
|
|
* bits.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 for OK or nonzero for error.
|
|
*
|
|
* This and related APIs operate identically with OpenSSL or mbedTLS backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genrsa_new_keypair(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx,
|
|
struct lws_genrsa_elements *el, int bits);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_public_decrypt() - Perform RSA public decryption
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
* \param in: encrypted input
|
|
* \param in_len: length of encrypted input
|
|
* \param out: decrypted output
|
|
* \param out_max: size of output buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Performs the decryption.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns <0 for error, or length of decrypted data.
|
|
*
|
|
* This and related APIs operate identically with OpenSSL or mbedTLS backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genrsa_public_decrypt(struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx, const uint8_t *in,
|
|
size_t in_len, uint8_t *out, size_t out_max);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_public_verify() - Perform RSA public verification
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
* \param in: unencrypted payload (usually a recomputed hash)
|
|
* \param hash_type: one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_
|
|
* \param sig: pointer to the signature we received with the payload
|
|
* \param sig_len: length of the signature we are checking in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns <0 for error, or 0 if signature matches the payload + key.
|
|
*
|
|
* This and related APIs operate identically with OpenSSL or mbedTLS backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genrsa_public_verify(struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx, const uint8_t *in,
|
|
enum lws_genhash_types hash_type,
|
|
const uint8_t *sig, size_t sig_len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_public_sign() - Create RSA signature
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
* \param in: precomputed hash
|
|
* \param hash_type: one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_
|
|
* \param sig: pointer to buffer to take signature
|
|
* \param sig_len: length of the buffer (must be >= length of key N)
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns <0 for error, or 0 for success.
|
|
*
|
|
* This and related APIs operate identically with OpenSSL or mbedTLS backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genrsa_public_sign(struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx, const uint8_t *in,
|
|
enum lws_genhash_types hash_type, uint8_t *sig,
|
|
size_t sig_len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_public_decrypt_destroy() - Destroy RSA public decrypt context
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
*
|
|
* Destroys any allocations related to \p ctx.
|
|
*
|
|
* This and related APIs operate identically with OpenSSL or mbedTLS backends.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_genrsa_destroy(struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_genrsa_render_pkey_asn1() - Exports public or private key to ASN1/DER
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ctx: your struct lws_genrsa_ctx
|
|
* \param _private: 0 = public part only, 1 = all parts of the key
|
|
* \param pkey_asn1: pointer to buffer to take the ASN1
|
|
* \param pkey_asn1_len: max size of the pkey_asn1_len
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns length of pkey_asn1 written, or -1 for error.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_genrsa_render_pkey_asn1(struct lws_genrsa_ctx *ctx, int _private,
|
|
uint8_t *pkey_asn1, size_t pkey_asn1_len);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup jwk JSON Web Keys
|
|
* ## JSON Web Keys API
|
|
*
|
|
* Lws provides an API to parse JSON Web Keys into a struct lws_genrsa_elements.
|
|
*
|
|
* "oct" and "RSA" type keys are supported. For "oct" keys, they are held in
|
|
* the "e" member of the struct lws_genrsa_elements.
|
|
*
|
|
* Keys elements are allocated on the heap. You must destroy the allocations
|
|
* in the struct lws_genrsa_elements by calling
|
|
* lws_jwk_destroy_genrsa_elements() when you are finished with it.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
struct lws_jwk {
|
|
char keytype[5]; /**< "oct" or "RSA" */
|
|
struct lws_genrsa_elements el; /**< OCTet key is in el.e */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_import() - Create a JSON Web key from the textual representation
|
|
*
|
|
* \param s: the JWK object to create
|
|
* \param in: a single JWK JSON stanza in utf-8
|
|
* \param len: the length of the JWK JSON stanza in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates an lws_jwk struct filled with data from the JSON representation.
|
|
* "oct" and "rsa" key types are supported.
|
|
*
|
|
* For "oct" type keys, it is loaded into el.e.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_jwk_import(struct lws_jwk *s, const char *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_destroy() - Destroy a JSON Web key
|
|
*
|
|
* \param s: the JWK object to destroy
|
|
*
|
|
* All allocations in the lws_jwk are destroyed
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_jwk_destroy(struct lws_jwk *s);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_export() - Export a JSON Web key to a textual representation
|
|
*
|
|
* \param s: the JWK object to export
|
|
* \param _private: 0 = just export public parts, 1 = export everything
|
|
* \param p: the buffer to write the exported JWK to
|
|
* \param len: the length of the buffer \p p in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns length of the used part of the buffer if OK, or -1 for error.
|
|
*
|
|
* Serializes the content of the JWK into a char buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_jwk_export(struct lws_jwk *s, int _private, char *p, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_load() - Import a JSON Web key from a file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param s: the JWK object to load into
|
|
* \param filename: filename to load from
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 for OK or -1 for failure
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE int
|
|
lws_jwk_load(struct lws_jwk *s, const char *filename);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_save() - Export a JSON Web key to a file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param s: the JWK object to save from
|
|
* \param filename: filename to save to
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 for OK or -1 for failure
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE int
|
|
lws_jwk_save(struct lws_jwk *s, const char *filename);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_jwk_rfc7638_fingerprint() - jwk to RFC7638 compliant fingerprint
|
|
*
|
|
* \param s: the JWK object to fingerprint
|
|
* \param digest32: buffer to take 32-byte digest
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 for OK or -1 for failure
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE int
|
|
lws_jwk_rfc7638_fingerprint(struct lws_jwk *s, char *digest32);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup jws JSON Web Signature
|
|
* ## JSON Web Signature API
|
|
*
|
|
* Lws provides an API to check and create RFC7515 JSON Web Signatures
|
|
*
|
|
* SHA256/384/512 HMAC, and RSA 256/384/512 are supported.
|
|
*
|
|
* The API uses your TLS library crypto, but works exactly the same no matter
|
|
* what you TLS backend is.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_jws_confirm_sig(const char *in, size_t len, struct lws_jwk *jwk);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_jws_sign_from_b64() - add b64 sig to b64 hdr + payload
|
|
*
|
|
* \param b64_hdr: protected header encoded in b64, may be NULL
|
|
* \param hdr_len: bytes in b64 coding of protected header
|
|
* \param b64_pay: payload encoded in b64
|
|
* \param pay_len: bytes in b64 coding of payload
|
|
* \param b64_sig: buffer to write the b64 encoded signature into
|
|
* \param sig_len: max bytes we can write at b64_sig
|
|
* \param hash_type: one of LWS_GENHASH_TYPE_SHA[256|384|512]
|
|
* \param jwk: the struct lws_jwk containing the signing key
|
|
*
|
|
* This adds a b64-coded JWS signature of the b64-encoded protected header
|
|
* and b64-encoded payload, at \p b64_sig. The signature will be as large
|
|
* as the N element of the RSA key when the RSA key is used, eg, 512 bytes for
|
|
* a 4096-bit key, and then b64-encoding on top.
|
|
*
|
|
* In some special cases, there is only payload to sign and no header, in that
|
|
* case \p b64_hdr may be NULL, and only the payload will be hashed before
|
|
* signing.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the length of the encoded signature written to \p b64_sig, or -1.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_jws_sign_from_b64(const char *b64_hdr, size_t hdr_len, const char *b64_pay,
|
|
size_t pay_len, char *b64_sig, size_t sig_len,
|
|
enum lws_genhash_types hash_type, struct lws_jwk *jwk);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_jws_create_packet() - add b64 sig to b64 hdr + payload
|
|
*
|
|
* \param jwk: the struct lws_jwk containing the signing key
|
|
* \param payload: unencoded payload JSON
|
|
* \param len: length of unencoded payload JSON
|
|
* \param nonce: Nonse string to include in protected header
|
|
* \param out: buffer to take signed packet
|
|
* \param out_len: size of \p out buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This creates a "flattened" JWS packet from the jwk and the plaintext
|
|
* payload, and signs it. The packet is written into \p out.
|
|
*
|
|
* This does the whole packet assembly and signing, calling through to
|
|
* lws_jws_sign_from_b64() as part of the process.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the length written to \p out, or -1.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_jws_create_packet(struct lws_jwk *jwk, const char *payload, size_t len,
|
|
const char *nonce, char *out, size_t out_len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_jws_base64_enc() - encode input data into b64url data
|
|
*
|
|
* \param in: the incoming plaintext
|
|
* \param in_len: the length of the incoming plaintext in bytes
|
|
* \param out: the buffer to store the b64url encoded data to
|
|
* \param out_max: the length of \p out in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns either -1 if problems, or the number of bytes written to \p out.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_jws_base64_enc(const char *in, size_t in_len, char *out, size_t out_max);
|
|
///@}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup extensions Extension related functions
|
|
* ##Extension releated functions
|
|
*
|
|
* Ws defines optional extensions, lws provides the ability to implement these
|
|
* in user code if so desired.
|
|
*
|
|
* We provide one extensions permessage-deflate.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum lws_extension_callback_reasons {
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT = 4,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT = 5,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY = 8,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_PRESEND = 12,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_PAYLOAD_TX = 21,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_PAYLOAD_RX = 22,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_DEFAULT = 23,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_SET = 24,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_OPTION_CONFIRM = 25,
|
|
LWS_EXT_CB_NAMED_OPTION_SET = 26,
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** enum lws_ext_options_types */
|
|
enum lws_ext_options_types {
|
|
EXTARG_NONE, /**< does not take an argument */
|
|
EXTARG_DEC, /**< requires a decimal argument */
|
|
EXTARG_OPT_DEC /**< may have an optional decimal argument */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_ext_options - Option arguments to the extension. These are
|
|
* used in the negotiation at ws upgrade time.
|
|
* The helper function lws_ext_parse_options()
|
|
* uses these to generate callbacks */
|
|
struct lws_ext_options {
|
|
const char *name; /**< Option name, eg, "server_no_context_takeover" */
|
|
enum lws_ext_options_types type; /**< What kind of args the option can take */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_ext_option_arg */
|
|
struct lws_ext_option_arg {
|
|
const char *option_name; /**< may be NULL, option_index used then */
|
|
int option_index; /**< argument ordinal to use if option_name missing */
|
|
const char *start; /**< value */
|
|
int len; /**< length of value */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* typedef lws_extension_callback_function() - Hooks to allow extensions to operate
|
|
* \param context: Websockets context
|
|
* \param ext: This extension
|
|
* \param wsi: Opaque websocket instance pointer
|
|
* \param reason: The reason for the call
|
|
* \param user: Pointer to ptr to per-session user data allocated by library
|
|
* \param in: Pointer used for some callback reasons
|
|
* \param len: Length set for some callback reasons
|
|
*
|
|
* Each extension that is active on a particular connection receives
|
|
* callbacks during the connection lifetime to allow the extension to
|
|
* operate on websocket data and manage itself.
|
|
*
|
|
* Libwebsockets takes care of allocating and freeing "user" memory for
|
|
* each active extension on each connection. That is what is pointed to
|
|
* by the user parameter.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT: called when the server has decided to
|
|
* select this extension from the list provided by the client,
|
|
* just before the server will send back the handshake accepting
|
|
* the connection with this extension active. This gives the
|
|
* extension a chance to initialize its connection context found
|
|
* in user.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_EXT_CB_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT: same as LWS_EXT_CB_CONSTRUCT
|
|
* but called when client is instantiating this extension. Some
|
|
* extensions will work the same on client and server side and then
|
|
* you can just merge handlers for both CONSTRUCTS.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_EXT_CB_DESTROY: called when the connection the extension was
|
|
* being used on is about to be closed and deallocated. It's the
|
|
* last chance for the extension to deallocate anything it has
|
|
* allocated in the user data (pointed to by user) before the
|
|
* user data is deleted. This same callback is used whether you
|
|
* are in client or server instantiation context.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_TX_PRESEND: this works the same way as
|
|
* LWS_EXT_CB_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE above, except it gives the
|
|
* extension a chance to change websocket data just before it will
|
|
* be sent out. Using the same lws_token pointer scheme in in,
|
|
* the extension can change the buffer and the length to be
|
|
* transmitted how it likes. Again if it wants to grow the
|
|
* buffer safely, it should copy the data into its own buffer and
|
|
* set the lws_tokens token pointer to it.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_EXT_CB_ARGS_VALIDATE:
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef int
|
|
lws_extension_callback_function(struct lws_context *context,
|
|
const struct lws_extension *ext, struct lws *wsi,
|
|
enum lws_extension_callback_reasons reason,
|
|
void *user, void *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_extension - An extension we support */
|
|
struct lws_extension {
|
|
const char *name; /**< Formal extension name, eg, "permessage-deflate" */
|
|
lws_extension_callback_function *callback; /**< Service callback */
|
|
const char *client_offer; /**< String containing exts and options client offers */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_extension_option(): set extension option if possible
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param ext_name: name of ext, like "permessage-deflate"
|
|
* \param opt_name: name of option, like "rx_buf_size"
|
|
* \param opt_val: value to set option to
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_set_extension_option(struct lws *wsi, const char *ext_name,
|
|
const char *opt_name, const char *opt_val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ext_parse_options() - deal with parsing negotiated extension options
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ext: related extension struct
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param ext_user: per-connection extension private data
|
|
* \param opts: list of supported options
|
|
* \param o: option string to parse
|
|
* \param len: length
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_ext_parse_options(const struct lws_extension *ext, struct lws *wsi,
|
|
void *ext_user, const struct lws_ext_options *opts,
|
|
const char *o, int len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_extension_callback_pm_deflate() - extension for RFC7692
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: lws context
|
|
* \param ext: related lws_extension struct
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param reason: incoming callback reason
|
|
* \param user: per-connection extension private data
|
|
* \param in: pointer parameter
|
|
* \param len: length parameter
|
|
*
|
|
* Built-in callback implementing RFC7692 permessage-deflate
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_EXTERN
|
|
int lws_extension_callback_pm_deflate(
|
|
struct lws_context *context, const struct lws_extension *ext,
|
|
struct lws *wsi, enum lws_extension_callback_reasons reason,
|
|
void *user, void *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The internal exts are part of the public abi
|
|
* If we add more extensions, publish the callback here ------v
|
|
*/
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup Protocols-and-Plugins Protocols and Plugins
|
|
* \ingroup lwsapi
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Protocol and protocol plugin -related apis
|
|
*
|
|
* Protocols bind ws protocol names to a custom callback specific to that
|
|
* protocol implementaion.
|
|
*
|
|
* A list of protocols can be passed in at context creation time, but it is
|
|
* also legal to leave that NULL and add the protocols and their callback code
|
|
* using plugins.
|
|
*
|
|
* Plugins are much preferable compared to cut and pasting code into an
|
|
* application each time, since they can be used standalone.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
/** struct lws_protocols - List of protocols and handlers client or server
|
|
* supports. */
|
|
|
|
struct lws_protocols {
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
/**< Protocol name that must match the one given in the client
|
|
* Javascript new WebSocket(url, 'protocol') name. */
|
|
lws_callback_function *callback;
|
|
/**< The service callback used for this protocol. It allows the
|
|
* service action for an entire protocol to be encapsulated in
|
|
* the protocol-specific callback */
|
|
size_t per_session_data_size;
|
|
/**< Each new connection using this protocol gets
|
|
* this much memory allocated on connection establishment and
|
|
* freed on connection takedown. A pointer to this per-connection
|
|
* allocation is passed into the callback in the 'user' parameter */
|
|
size_t rx_buffer_size;
|
|
/**< lws allocates this much space for rx data and informs callback
|
|
* when something came. Due to rx flow control, the callback may not
|
|
* be able to consume it all without having to return to the event
|
|
* loop. That is supported in lws.
|
|
*
|
|
* If .tx_packet_size is 0, this also controls how much may be sent at
|
|
* once for backwards compatibility.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int id;
|
|
/**< ignored by lws, but useful to contain user information bound
|
|
* to the selected protocol. For example if this protocol was
|
|
* called "myprotocol-v2", you might set id to 2, and the user
|
|
* code that acts differently according to the version can do so by
|
|
* switch (wsi->protocol->id), user code might use some bits as
|
|
* capability flags based on selected protocol version, etc. */
|
|
void *user; /**< ignored by lws, but user code can pass a pointer
|
|
here it can later access from the protocol callback */
|
|
size_t tx_packet_size;
|
|
/**< 0 indicates restrict send() size to .rx_buffer_size for backwards-
|
|
* compatibility.
|
|
* If greater than zero, a single send() is restricted to this amount
|
|
* and any remainder is buffered by lws and sent afterwards also in
|
|
* these size chunks. Since that is expensive, it's preferable
|
|
* to restrict one fragment you are trying to send to match this
|
|
* size.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vhost_name_to_protocol() - get vhost's protocol object from its name
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: vhost to search
|
|
* \param name: protocol name
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns NULL or a pointer to the vhost's protocol of the requested name
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols *
|
|
lws_vhost_name_to_protocol(struct lws_vhost *vh, const char *name);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_protocol() - Returns a protocol pointer from a websocket
|
|
* connection.
|
|
* \param wsi: pointer to struct websocket you want to know the protocol of
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* Some apis can act on all live connections of a given protocol,
|
|
* this is how you can get a pointer to the active protocol if needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols *
|
|
lws_get_protocol(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_protocol_get() - deprecated: use lws_get_protocol */
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocols *
|
|
lws_protocol_get(struct lws *wsi) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc() - Allocate and zero down a protocol's per-vhost
|
|
* storage
|
|
* \param vhost: vhost the instance is related to
|
|
* \param prot: protocol the instance is related to
|
|
* \param size: bytes to allocate
|
|
*
|
|
* Protocols often find it useful to allocate a per-vhost struct, this is a
|
|
* helper to be called in the per-vhost init LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const struct lws_protocols *prot,
|
|
int size);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_protocol_vh_priv_get() - retreive a protocol's per-vhost storage
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: vhost the instance is related to
|
|
* \param prot: protocol the instance is related to
|
|
*
|
|
* Recover a pointer to the allocated per-vhost storage for the protocol created
|
|
* by lws_protocol_vh_priv_zalloc() earlier
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_protocol_vh_priv_get(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const struct lws_protocols *prot);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_adjust_protocol_psds - change a vhost protocol's per session data size
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: a connection with the protocol to change
|
|
* \param new_size: the new size of the per session data size for the protocol
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns user_space for the wsi, after allocating
|
|
*
|
|
* This should not be used except to initalize a vhost protocol's per session
|
|
* data size one time, before any connections are accepted.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sometimes the protocol wraps another protocol and needs to discover and set
|
|
* its per session data size at runtime.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_adjust_protocol_psds(struct lws *wsi, size_t new_size);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_finalize_startup() - drop initial process privileges
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: lws context
|
|
*
|
|
* This is called after the end of the vhost protocol initializations, but
|
|
* you may choose to call it earlier
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_finalize_startup(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_pvo_search() - helper to find a named pvo in a linked-list
|
|
*
|
|
* \param pvo: the first pvo in the linked-list
|
|
* \param name: the name of the pvo to return if found
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns NULL, or a pointer to the name pvo in the linked-list
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *
|
|
lws_pvo_search(const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *pvo, const char *name);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_protocol_init(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LWS_WITH_PLUGINS
|
|
|
|
/* PLUGINS implies LIBUV */
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_PLUGIN_API_MAGIC 180
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_plugin_capability - how a plugin introduces itself to lws */
|
|
struct lws_plugin_capability {
|
|
unsigned int api_magic; /**< caller fills this in, plugin fills rest */
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocols; /**< array of supported protocols provided by plugin */
|
|
int count_protocols; /**< how many protocols */
|
|
const struct lws_extension *extensions; /**< array of extensions provided by plugin */
|
|
int count_extensions; /**< how many extensions */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
typedef int (*lws_plugin_init_func)(struct lws_context *,
|
|
struct lws_plugin_capability *);
|
|
typedef int (*lws_plugin_destroy_func)(struct lws_context *);
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_plugin */
|
|
struct lws_plugin {
|
|
struct lws_plugin *list; /**< linked list */
|
|
#if (UV_VERSION_MAJOR > 0)
|
|
uv_lib_t lib; /**< shared library pointer */
|
|
#else
|
|
void *l; /**< so we can compile on ancient libuv */
|
|
#endif
|
|
char name[64]; /**< name of the plugin */
|
|
struct lws_plugin_capability caps; /**< plugin capabilities */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup generic-sessions plugin: generic-sessions
|
|
* \ingroup Protocols-and-Plugins
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Plugin Generic-sessions related
|
|
*
|
|
* generic-sessions plugin provides a reusable, generic session and login /
|
|
* register / forgot password framework including email verification.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
#define LWSGS_EMAIL_CONTENT_SIZE 16384
|
|
/**< Maximum size of email we might send */
|
|
|
|
/* SHA-1 binary and hexified versions */
|
|
/** typedef struct lwsgw_hash_bin */
|
|
typedef struct { unsigned char bin[20]; /**< binary representation of hash */} lwsgw_hash_bin;
|
|
/** typedef struct lwsgw_hash */
|
|
typedef struct { char id[41]; /**< ascii hex representation of hash */ } lwsgw_hash;
|
|
|
|
/** enum lwsgs_auth_bits */
|
|
enum lwsgs_auth_bits {
|
|
LWSGS_AUTH_LOGGED_IN = 1, /**< user is logged in as somebody */
|
|
LWSGS_AUTH_ADMIN = 2, /**< logged in as the admin user */
|
|
LWSGS_AUTH_VERIFIED = 4, /**< user has verified his email */
|
|
LWSGS_AUTH_FORGOT_FLOW = 8, /**< he just completed "forgot password" flow */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_session_info - information about user session status */
|
|
struct lws_session_info {
|
|
char username[32]; /**< username logged in as, or empty string */
|
|
char email[100]; /**< email address associated with login, or empty string */
|
|
char ip[72]; /**< ip address session was started from */
|
|
unsigned int mask; /**< access rights mask associated with session
|
|
* see enum lwsgs_auth_bits */
|
|
char session[42]; /**< session id string, usable as opaque uid when not logged in */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** enum lws_gs_event */
|
|
enum lws_gs_event {
|
|
LWSGSE_CREATED, /**< a new user was created */
|
|
LWSGSE_DELETED /**< an existing user was deleted */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_gs_event_args */
|
|
struct lws_gs_event_args {
|
|
enum lws_gs_event event; /**< which event happened */
|
|
const char *username; /**< which username the event happened to */
|
|
const char *email; /**< the email address of that user */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup context-and-vhost context and vhost related functions
|
|
* ##Context and Vhost releated functions
|
|
* \ingroup lwsapi
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS requires that there is one context, in which you may define multiple
|
|
* vhosts. Each vhost is a virtual host, with either its own listen port
|
|
* or sharing an existing one. Each vhost has its own SSL context that can
|
|
* be set up individually or left disabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you don't care about multiple "site" support, you can ignore it and
|
|
* lws will create a single default vhost at context creation time.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/** enum lws_context_options - context and vhost options */
|
|
enum lws_context_options {
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT = (1 << 1) |
|
|
(1 << 12),
|
|
/**< (VH) Don't allow the connection unless the client has a
|
|
* client cert that we recognize; provides
|
|
* LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SKIP_SERVER_CANONICAL_NAME = (1 << 2),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Don't try to get the server's hostname */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ALLOW_NON_SSL_ON_SSL_PORT = (1 << 3) |
|
|
(1 << 12),
|
|
/**< (VH) Allow non-SSL (plaintext) connections on the same
|
|
* port as SSL is listening... undermines the security of SSL;
|
|
* provides LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBEV = (1 << 4),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Use libev event loop */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_IPV6 = (1 << 5),
|
|
/**< (VH) Disable IPV6 support */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_OS_CA_CERTS = (1 << 6),
|
|
/**< (VH) Don't load OS CA certs, you will need to load your
|
|
* own CA cert(s) */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_PEER_CERT_NOT_REQUIRED = (1 << 7),
|
|
/**< (VH) Accept connections with no valid Cert (eg, selfsigned) */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_VALIDATE_UTF8 = (1 << 8),
|
|
/**< (VH) Check UT-8 correctness */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SSL_ECDH = (1 << 9) |
|
|
(1 << 12),
|
|
/**< (VH) initialize ECDH ciphers */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBUV = (1 << 10),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Use libuv event loop */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REDIRECT_HTTP_TO_HTTPS = (1 << 11) |
|
|
(1 << 12),
|
|
/**< (VH) Use http redirect to force http to https
|
|
* (deprecated: use mount redirection) */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT = (1 << 12),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Initialize the SSL library at all */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS = (1 << 13),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Only create the context when calling context
|
|
* create api, implies user code will create its own vhosts */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UNIX_SOCK = (1 << 14),
|
|
/**< (VH) Use Unix socket */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_STS = (1 << 15),
|
|
/**< (VH) Send Strict Transport Security header, making
|
|
* clients subsequently go to https even if user asked for http */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_MODIFY = (1 << 16),
|
|
/**< (VH) Enable LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_VALUE to take effect */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IPV6_V6ONLY_VALUE = (1 << 17),
|
|
/**< (VH) if set, only ipv6 allowed on the vhost */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UV_NO_SIGSEGV_SIGFPE_SPIN = (1 << 18),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Libuv only: Do not spin on SIGSEGV / SIGFPE. A segfault
|
|
* normally makes the lib spin so you can attach a debugger to it
|
|
* even if it happened without a debugger in place. You can disable
|
|
* that by giving this option.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_JUST_USE_RAW_ORIGIN = (1 << 19),
|
|
/**< For backwards-compatibility reasons, by default
|
|
* lws prepends "http://" to the origin you give in the client
|
|
* connection info struct. If you give this flag when you create
|
|
* the context, only the string you give in the client connect
|
|
* info for .origin (if any) will be used directly.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_FALLBACK_TO_RAW = (1 << 20),
|
|
/**< (VH) if invalid http is coming in the first line, */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBEVENT = (1 << 21),
|
|
/**< (CTX) Use libevent event loop */
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ONLY_RAW = (1 << 22),
|
|
/**< (VH) All connections to this vhost / port are RAW as soon as
|
|
* the connection is accepted, no HTTP is going to be coming.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ALLOW_LISTEN_SHARE = (1 << 23),
|
|
/**< (VH) Set to allow multiple listen sockets on one interface +
|
|
* address + port. The default is to strictly allow only one
|
|
* listen socket at a time. This is automatically selected if you
|
|
* have multiple service threads.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_CREATE_VHOST_SSL_CTX = (1 << 24),
|
|
/**< (VH) Force setting up the vhost SSL_CTX, even though the user
|
|
* code doesn't explicitly provide a cert in the info struct. It
|
|
* implies the user code is going to provide a cert at the
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS callback, which
|
|
* provides the vhost SSL_CTX * in the user parameter.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SKIP_PROTOCOL_INIT = (1 << 25),
|
|
/**< (VH) You probably don't want this. It forces this vhost to not
|
|
* call LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT on its protocols. It's used in the
|
|
* special case of a temporary vhost bound to a single protocol.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_SERVER_OPTION_IGNORE_MISSING_CERT = (1 << 26),
|
|
/**< (VH) Don't fail if the vhost TLS cert or key are missing, just
|
|
* continue. The vhost won't be able to serve anything, but if for
|
|
* example the ACME plugin was configured to fetch a cert, this lets
|
|
* you bootstrap your vhost from having no cert to start with.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define lws_check_opt(c, f) (((c) & (f)) == (f))
|
|
|
|
struct lws_plat_file_ops;
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_context_creation_info - parameters to create context and /or vhost with
|
|
*
|
|
* This is also used to create vhosts.... if LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS
|
|
* is not given, then for backwards compatibility one vhost is created at
|
|
* context-creation time using the info from this struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* If LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS is given, then no vhosts are created
|
|
* at the same time as the context, they are expected to be created afterwards.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct lws_context_creation_info {
|
|
int port;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Port to listen on. Use CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN to suppress
|
|
* listening for a client. Use CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN_SERVER if you are
|
|
* writing a server but you are using \ref sock-adopt instead of the
|
|
* built-in listener.
|
|
*
|
|
* You can also set port to 0, in which case the kernel will pick
|
|
* a random port that is not already in use. You can find out what
|
|
* port the vhost is listening on using lws_get_vhost_listen_port() */
|
|
const char *iface;
|
|
/**< VHOST: NULL to bind the listen socket to all interfaces, or the
|
|
* interface name, eg, "eth2"
|
|
* If options specifies LWS_SERVER_OPTION_UNIX_SOCK, this member is
|
|
* the pathname of a UNIX domain socket. you can use the UNIX domain
|
|
* sockets in abstract namespace, by prepending an at symbol to the
|
|
* socket name. */
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocols;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Array of structures listing supported protocols and a protocol-
|
|
* specific callback for each one. The list is ended with an
|
|
* entry that has a NULL callback pointer. */
|
|
const struct lws_extension *extensions;
|
|
/**< VHOST: NULL or array of lws_extension structs listing the
|
|
* extensions this context supports. */
|
|
const struct lws_token_limits *token_limits;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: NULL or struct lws_token_limits pointer which is initialized
|
|
* with a token length limit for each possible WSI_TOKEN_ */
|
|
const char *ssl_private_key_password;
|
|
/**< VHOST: NULL or the passphrase needed for the private key. (For
|
|
* backwards compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client
|
|
* cert passphrase when setting up a vhost client SSL context, but it is
|
|
* preferred to use .client_ssl_private_key_password for that.) */
|
|
const char *ssl_cert_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: If libwebsockets was compiled to use ssl, and you want
|
|
* to listen using SSL, set to the filepath to fetch the
|
|
* server cert from, otherwise NULL for unencrypted. (For backwards
|
|
* compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client certificate
|
|
* when setting up a vhost client SSL context, but it is preferred to
|
|
* use .client_ssl_cert_filepath for that.) */
|
|
const char *ssl_private_key_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: filepath to private key if wanting SSL mode;
|
|
* if this is set to NULL but ssl_cert_filepath is set, the
|
|
* OPENSSL_CONTEXT_REQUIRES_PRIVATE_KEY callback is called
|
|
* to allow setting of the private key directly via openSSL
|
|
* library calls. (For backwards compatibility, this can also be used
|
|
* to pass the client cert private key filepath when setting up a
|
|
* vhost client SSL context, but it is preferred to use
|
|
* .client_ssl_private_key_filepath for that.) */
|
|
const char *ssl_ca_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: CA certificate filepath or NULL. (For backwards
|
|
* compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client CA
|
|
* filepath when setting up a vhost client SSL context,
|
|
* but it is preferred to use .client_ssl_ca_filepath for that.) */
|
|
const char *ssl_cipher_list;
|
|
/**< VHOST: List of valid ciphers to use (eg,
|
|
* "RC4-MD5:RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:HIGH:!DSS:!aNULL"
|
|
* or you can leave it as NULL to get "DEFAULT" (For backwards
|
|
* compatibility, this can also be used to pass the client cipher
|
|
* list when setting up a vhost client SSL context,
|
|
* but it is preferred to use .client_ssl_cipher_list for that.)*/
|
|
const char *http_proxy_address;
|
|
/**< VHOST: If non-NULL, attempts to proxy via the given address.
|
|
* If proxy auth is required, use format "username:password\@server:port" */
|
|
unsigned int http_proxy_port;
|
|
/**< VHOST: If http_proxy_address was non-NULL, uses this port */
|
|
int gid;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: group id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. */
|
|
int uid;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: user id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. */
|
|
unsigned int options;
|
|
/**< VHOST + CONTEXT: 0, or LWS_SERVER_OPTION_... bitfields */
|
|
void *user;
|
|
/**< VHOST + CONTEXT: optional user pointer that will be associated
|
|
* with the context when creating the context (and can be retrieved by
|
|
* lws_context_user(context), or with the vhost when creating the vhost
|
|
* (and can be retrieved by lws_vhost_user(vhost)). You will need to
|
|
* use LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS and create the vhost separately
|
|
* if you care about giving the context and vhost different user pointer
|
|
* values.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ka_time;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: 0 for no TCP keepalive, otherwise apply this keepalive
|
|
* timeout to all libwebsocket sockets, client or server */
|
|
int ka_probes;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: if ka_time was nonzero, after the timeout expires how many
|
|
* times to try to get a response from the peer before giving up
|
|
* and killing the connection */
|
|
int ka_interval;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: if ka_time was nonzero, how long to wait before each ka_probes
|
|
* attempt */
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_TLS) && !defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
SSL_CTX *provided_client_ssl_ctx;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: If non-null, swap out libwebsockets ssl
|
|
* implementation for the one provided by provided_ssl_ctx.
|
|
* Libwebsockets no longer is responsible for freeing the context
|
|
* if this option is selected. */
|
|
#else /* maintain structure layout either way */
|
|
void *provided_client_ssl_ctx; /**< dummy if ssl disabled */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
short max_http_header_data;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: The max amount of header payload that can be handled
|
|
* in an http request (unrecognized header payload is dropped) */
|
|
short max_http_header_pool;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: The max number of connections with http headers that
|
|
* can be processed simultaneously (the corresponding memory is
|
|
* allocated and deallocated dynamically as needed). If the pool is
|
|
* fully busy new incoming connections must wait for accept until one
|
|
* becomes free. 0 = allow as many ah as number of availble fds for
|
|
* the process */
|
|
|
|
unsigned int count_threads;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: how many contexts to create in an array, 0 = 1 */
|
|
unsigned int fd_limit_per_thread;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: nonzero means restrict each service thread to this
|
|
* many fds, 0 means the default which is divide the process fd
|
|
* limit by the number of threads. */
|
|
unsigned int timeout_secs;
|
|
/**< VHOST: various processes involving network roundtrips in the
|
|
* library are protected from hanging forever by timeouts. If
|
|
* nonzero, this member lets you set the timeout used in seconds.
|
|
* Otherwise a default timeout is used. */
|
|
const char *ecdh_curve;
|
|
/**< VHOST: if NULL, defaults to initializing server with "prime256v1" */
|
|
const char *vhost_name;
|
|
/**< VHOST: name of vhost, must match external DNS name used to
|
|
* access the site, like "warmcat.com" as it's used to match
|
|
* Host: header and / or SNI name for SSL. */
|
|
const char * const *plugin_dirs;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: NULL, or NULL-terminated array of directories to
|
|
* scan for lws protocol plugins at context creation time */
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *pvo;
|
|
/**< VHOST: pointer to optional linked list of per-vhost
|
|
* options made accessible to protocols */
|
|
int keepalive_timeout;
|
|
/**< VHOST: (default = 0 = 60s) seconds to allow remote
|
|
* client to hold on to an idle HTTP/1.1 connection */
|
|
const char *log_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: filepath to append logs to... this is opened before
|
|
* any dropping of initial privileges */
|
|
const struct lws_http_mount *mounts;
|
|
/**< VHOST: optional linked list of mounts for this vhost */
|
|
const char *server_string;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: string used in HTTP headers to identify server
|
|
* software, if NULL, "libwebsockets". */
|
|
unsigned int pt_serv_buf_size;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: 0 = default of 4096. This buffer is used by
|
|
* various service related features including file serving, it
|
|
* defines the max chunk of file that can be sent at once.
|
|
* At the risk of lws having to buffer failed large sends, it
|
|
* can be increased to, eg, 128KiB to improve throughput. */
|
|
unsigned int max_http_header_data2;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: if max_http_header_data is 0 and this
|
|
* is nonzero, this will be used in place of the default. It's
|
|
* like this for compatibility with the original short version,
|
|
* this is unsigned int length. */
|
|
long ssl_options_set;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Any bits set here will be set as SSL options */
|
|
long ssl_options_clear;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Any bits set here will be cleared as SSL options */
|
|
unsigned short ws_ping_pong_interval;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: 0 for none, else interval in seconds between sending
|
|
* PINGs on idle websocket connections. When the PING is sent,
|
|
* the PONG must come within the normal timeout_secs timeout period
|
|
* or the connection will be dropped.
|
|
* Any RX or TX traffic on the connection restarts the interval timer,
|
|
* so a connection which always sends or receives something at intervals
|
|
* less than the interval given here will never send PINGs / expect
|
|
* PONGs. Conversely as soon as the ws connection is established, an
|
|
* idle connection will do the PING / PONG roundtrip as soon as
|
|
* ws_ping_pong_interval seconds has passed without traffic
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *headers;
|
|
/**< VHOST: pointer to optional linked list of per-vhost
|
|
* canned headers that are added to server responses */
|
|
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *reject_service_keywords;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: Optional list of keywords and rejection codes + text.
|
|
*
|
|
* The keywords are checked for existing in the user agent string.
|
|
*
|
|
* Eg, "badrobot" "404 Not Found"
|
|
*/
|
|
void *external_baggage_free_on_destroy;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: NULL, or pointer to something externally malloc'd, that
|
|
* should be freed when the context is destroyed. This allows you to
|
|
* automatically sync the freeing action to the context destruction
|
|
* action, so there is no need for an external free() if the context
|
|
* succeeded to create.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const char *client_ssl_private_key_password;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: NULL or the passphrase needed
|
|
* for the private key */
|
|
const char *client_ssl_cert_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init:T he certificate the client
|
|
* should present to the peer on connection */
|
|
const char *client_ssl_private_key_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: filepath to client private key
|
|
* if this is set to NULL but client_ssl_cert_filepath is set, you
|
|
* can handle the LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS
|
|
* callback of protocols[0] to allow setting of the private key directly
|
|
* via openSSL library calls */
|
|
const char *client_ssl_ca_filepath;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: CA certificate filepath or NULL */
|
|
const char *client_ssl_cipher_list;
|
|
/**< VHOST: Client SSL context init: List of valid ciphers to use (eg,
|
|
* "RC4-MD5:RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:HIGH:!DSS:!aNULL"
|
|
* or you can leave it as NULL to get "DEFAULT" */
|
|
|
|
const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: NULL, or pointer to an array of fops structs, terminated
|
|
* by a sentinel with NULL .open.
|
|
*
|
|
* If NULL, lws provides just the platform file operations struct for
|
|
* backwards compatibility.
|
|
*/
|
|
int simultaneous_ssl_restriction;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: 0 (no limit) or limit of simultaneous SSL sessions possible.*/
|
|
const char *socks_proxy_address;
|
|
/**< VHOST: If non-NULL, attempts to proxy via the given address.
|
|
* If proxy auth is required, use format "username:password\@server:port" */
|
|
unsigned int socks_proxy_port;
|
|
/**< VHOST: If socks_proxy_address was non-NULL, uses this port */
|
|
#if defined(LWS_HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H) && defined(LWS_HAVE_LIBCAP)
|
|
cap_value_t caps[4];
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: array holding Linux capabilities you want to
|
|
* continue to be available to the server after it transitions
|
|
* to a noprivileged user. Usually none are needed but for, eg,
|
|
* .bind_iface, CAP_NET_RAW is required. This gives you a way
|
|
* to still have the capability but drop root.
|
|
*/
|
|
char count_caps;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: count of Linux capabilities in .caps[]. 0 means
|
|
* no capabilities will be inherited from root (the default) */
|
|
#endif
|
|
int bind_iface;
|
|
/**< VHOST: nonzero to strictly bind sockets to the interface name in
|
|
* .iface (eg, "eth2"), using SO_BIND_TO_DEVICE.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires SO_BINDTODEVICE support from your OS and CAP_NET_RAW
|
|
* capability.
|
|
*
|
|
* Notice that common things like access network interface IP from
|
|
* your local machine use your lo / loopback interface and will be
|
|
* disallowed by this.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ssl_info_event_mask;
|
|
/**< VHOST: mask of ssl events to be reported on LWS_CALLBACK_SSL_INFO
|
|
* callback for connections on this vhost. The mask values are of
|
|
* the form SSL_CB_ALERT, defined in openssl/ssl.h. The default of
|
|
* 0 means no info events will be reported.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned int timeout_secs_ah_idle;
|
|
/**< VHOST: seconds to allow a client to hold an ah without using it.
|
|
* 0 defaults to 10s. */
|
|
unsigned short ip_limit_ah;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: max number of ah a single IP may use simultaneously
|
|
* 0 is no limit. This is a soft limit: if the limit is
|
|
* reached, connections from that IP will wait in the ah
|
|
* waiting list and not be able to acquire an ah until
|
|
* a connection belonging to the IP relinquishes one it
|
|
* already has.
|
|
*/
|
|
unsigned short ip_limit_wsi;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: max number of wsi a single IP may use simultaneously.
|
|
* 0 is no limit. This is a hard limit, connections from
|
|
* the same IP will simply be dropped once it acquires the
|
|
* amount of simultaneous wsi / accepted connections
|
|
* given here.
|
|
*/
|
|
uint32_t http2_settings[7];
|
|
/**< VHOST: if http2_settings[0] is nonzero, the values given in
|
|
* http2_settings[1]..[6] are used instead of the lws
|
|
* platform default values.
|
|
* Just leave all at 0 if you don't care.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *error_document_404;
|
|
/**< VHOST: If non-NULL, when asked to serve a non-existent file,
|
|
* lws attempts to server this url path instead. Eg,
|
|
* "/404.html" */
|
|
const char *alpn;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: If non-NULL, default list of advertised alpn, comma-
|
|
* separated
|
|
*
|
|
* VHOST: If non-NULL, per-vhost list of advertised alpn, comma-
|
|
* separated
|
|
*/
|
|
void **foreign_loops;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: This is ignored if the context is not being started with
|
|
* an event loop, ie, .options has a flag like
|
|
* LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBUV.
|
|
*
|
|
* NULL indicates lws should start its own even loop for
|
|
* each service thread, and deal with closing the loops
|
|
* when the context is destroyed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Non-NULL means it points to an array of external
|
|
* ("foreign") event loops that are to be used in turn for
|
|
* each service thread. In the default case of 1 service
|
|
* thread, it can just point to one foreign event loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
void (*signal_cb)(void *event_lib_handle, int signum);
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: NULL: default signal handling. Otherwise this receives
|
|
* the signal handler callback. event_lib_handle is the
|
|
* native event library signal handle, eg uv_signal_t *
|
|
* for libuv.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility
|
|
*
|
|
* The below is to ensure later library versions with new
|
|
* members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app
|
|
* was not built against the newer headers.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct lws_context **pcontext;
|
|
/**< CONTEXT: if non-NULL, at the end of context destroy processing,
|
|
* the pointer pointed to by pcontext is written with NULL. You can
|
|
* use this to let foreign event loops know that lws context destruction
|
|
* is fully completed.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void *_unused[4]; /**< dummy */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_create_context() - Create the websocket handler
|
|
* \param info: pointer to struct with parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates the listening socket (if serving) and takes care
|
|
* of all initialization in one step.
|
|
*
|
|
* If option LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS is given, no vhost is
|
|
* created; you're expected to create your own vhosts afterwards using
|
|
* lws_create_vhost(). Otherwise a vhost named "default" is also created
|
|
* using the information in the vhost-related members, for compatibility.
|
|
*
|
|
* After initialization, it returns a struct lws_context * that
|
|
* represents this server. After calling, user code needs to take care
|
|
* of calling lws_service() with the context pointer to get the
|
|
* server's sockets serviced. This must be done in the same process
|
|
* context as the initialization call.
|
|
*
|
|
* The protocol callback functions are called for a handful of events
|
|
* including http requests coming in, websocket connections becoming
|
|
* established, and data arriving; it's also called periodically to allow
|
|
* async transmission.
|
|
*
|
|
* HTTP requests are sent always to the FIRST protocol in protocol, since
|
|
* at that time websocket protocol has not been negotiated. Other
|
|
* protocols after the first one never see any HTTP callback activity.
|
|
*
|
|
* The server created is a simple http server by default; part of the
|
|
* websocket standard is upgrading this http connection to a websocket one.
|
|
*
|
|
* This allows the same server to provide files like scripts and favicon /
|
|
* images or whatever over http and dynamic data over websockets all in
|
|
* one place; they're all handled in the user callback.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_context *
|
|
lws_create_context(const struct lws_context_creation_info *info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_context_destroy() - Destroy the websocket context
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
*
|
|
* This function closes any active connections and then frees the
|
|
* context. After calling this, any further use of the context is
|
|
* undefined.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_context_destroy(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
typedef int (*lws_reload_func)(void);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_context_deprecate() - Deprecate the websocket context
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
* \param cb: Callback notified when old context listen sockets are closed
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used on an existing context before superceding it
|
|
* with a new context.
|
|
*
|
|
* It closes any listen sockets in the context, so new connections are
|
|
* not possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* And it marks the context to be deleted when the number of active
|
|
* connections into it falls to zero.
|
|
*
|
|
* Otherwise if you attach the deprecated context to the replacement
|
|
* context when it has been created using lws_context_attach_deprecated()
|
|
* both any deprecated and the new context will service their connections.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is aimed at allowing seamless configuration reloads.
|
|
*
|
|
* The callback cb will be called after the listen sockets are actually
|
|
* closed and may be reopened. In the callback the new context should be
|
|
* configured and created. (With libuv, socket close happens async after
|
|
* more loop events).
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_context_deprecate(struct lws_context *context, lws_reload_func cb);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_context_is_deprecated(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_proxy() - Setups proxy to lws_context.
|
|
* \param vhost: pointer to struct lws_vhost you want set proxy for
|
|
* \param proxy: pointer to c string containing proxy in format address:port
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 if proxy string was parsed and proxy was setup.
|
|
* Returns -1 if proxy is NULL or has incorrect format.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only required if your OS does not provide the http_proxy
|
|
* environment variable (eg, OSX)
|
|
*
|
|
* IMPORTANT! You should call this function right after creation of the
|
|
* lws_context and before call to connect. If you call this
|
|
* function after connect behavior is undefined.
|
|
* This function will override proxy settings made on lws_context
|
|
* creation with genenv() call.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_set_proxy(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const char *proxy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_socks() - Setup socks to lws_context.
|
|
* \param vhost: pointer to struct lws_vhost you want set socks for
|
|
* \param socks: pointer to c string containing socks in format address:port
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 if socks string was parsed and socks was setup.
|
|
* Returns -1 if socks is NULL or has incorrect format.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only required if your OS does not provide the socks_proxy
|
|
* environment variable (eg, OSX)
|
|
*
|
|
* IMPORTANT! You should call this function right after creation of the
|
|
* lws_context and before call to connect. If you call this
|
|
* function after connect behavior is undefined.
|
|
* This function will override proxy settings made on lws_context
|
|
* creation with genenv() call.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_set_socks(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const char *socks);
|
|
|
|
struct lws_vhost;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_create_vhost() - Create a vhost (virtual server context)
|
|
* \param context: pointer to result of lws_create_context()
|
|
* \param info: pointer to struct with parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates a virtual server (vhost) using the vhost-related
|
|
* members of the info struct. You can create many vhosts inside one context
|
|
* if you created the context with the option LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost *
|
|
lws_create_vhost(struct lws_context *context,
|
|
const struct lws_context_creation_info *info);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vhost_destroy() - Destroy a vhost (virtual server context)
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: pointer to result of lws_create_vhost()
|
|
*
|
|
* This function destroys a vhost. Normally, if you just want to exit,
|
|
* then lws_destroy_context() will take care of everything. If you want
|
|
* to destroy an individual vhost and all connections and allocations, you
|
|
* can do it with this.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the vhost has a listen sockets shared by other vhosts, it will be given
|
|
* to one of the vhosts sharing it rather than closed.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_vhost_destroy(struct lws_vhost *vh);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsws_get_config_globals() - Parse a JSON server config file
|
|
* \param info: pointer to struct with parameters
|
|
* \param d: filepath of the config file
|
|
* \param config_strings: storage for the config strings extracted from JSON,
|
|
* the pointer is incremented as strings are stored
|
|
* \param len: pointer to the remaining length left in config_strings
|
|
* the value is decremented as strings are stored
|
|
*
|
|
* This function prepares a n lws_context_creation_info struct with global
|
|
* settings from a file d.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires CMake option LWS_WITH_LEJP_CONF to have been enabled
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lwsws_get_config_globals(struct lws_context_creation_info *info, const char *d,
|
|
char **config_strings, int *len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lwsws_get_config_vhosts() - Create vhosts from a JSON server config file
|
|
* \param context: pointer to result of lws_create_context()
|
|
* \param info: pointer to struct with parameters
|
|
* \param d: filepath of the config file
|
|
* \param config_strings: storage for the config strings extracted from JSON,
|
|
* the pointer is incremented as strings are stored
|
|
* \param len: pointer to the remaining length left in config_strings
|
|
* the value is decremented as strings are stored
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates vhosts into a context according to the settings in
|
|
*JSON files found in directory d.
|
|
*
|
|
* Requires CMake option LWS_WITH_LEJP_CONF to have been enabled
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lwsws_get_config_vhosts(struct lws_context *context,
|
|
struct lws_context_creation_info *info, const char *d,
|
|
char **config_strings, int *len);
|
|
|
|
/** lws_vhost_get() - \deprecated deprecated: use lws_get_vhost() */
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost *
|
|
lws_vhost_get(struct lws *wsi) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_vhost() - return the vhost a wsi belongs to
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: which connection
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_vhost *
|
|
lws_get_vhost(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_vhost_name() - returns the name of a vhost
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: which vhost
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_get_vhost_name(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_vhost_port() - returns the port a vhost listens on, or -1
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: which vhost
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_get_vhost_port(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_vhost_user() - returns the user pointer for the vhost
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: which vhost
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_get_vhost_user(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_vhost_iface() - returns the binding for the vhost listen socket
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: which vhost
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_get_vhost_iface(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_json_dump_vhost() - describe vhost state and stats in JSON
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: the vhost
|
|
* \param buf: buffer to fill with JSON
|
|
* \param len: max length of buf
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_json_dump_vhost(const struct lws_vhost *vh, char *buf, int len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_json_dump_context() - describe context state and stats in JSON
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: the context
|
|
* \param buf: buffer to fill with JSON
|
|
* \param len: max length of buf
|
|
* \param hide_vhosts: nonzero to not provide per-vhost mount etc information
|
|
*
|
|
* Generates a JSON description of vhost state into buf
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_json_dump_context(const struct lws_context *context, char *buf, int len,
|
|
int hide_vhosts);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vhost_user() - get the user data associated with the vhost
|
|
* \param vhost: Websocket vhost
|
|
*
|
|
* This returns the optional user pointer that can be attached to
|
|
* a vhost when it was created. Lws never dereferences this pointer, it only
|
|
* sets it when the vhost is created, and returns it using this api.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_vhost_user(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_context_user() - get the user data associated with the context
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
*
|
|
* This returns the optional user allocation that can be attached to
|
|
* the context the sockets live in at context_create time. It's a way
|
|
* to let all sockets serviced in the same context share data without
|
|
* using globals statics in the user code.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_context_user(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup vhost-mounts Vhost mounts and options
|
|
* \ingroup context-and-vhost-creation
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Vhost mounts and options
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
/** struct lws_protocol_vhost_options - linked list of per-vhost protocol
|
|
* name=value options
|
|
*
|
|
* This provides a general way to attach a linked-list of name=value pairs,
|
|
* which can also have an optional child link-list using the options member.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct lws_protocol_vhost_options {
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *next; /**< linked list */
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *options; /**< child linked-list of more options for this node */
|
|
const char *name; /**< name of name=value pair */
|
|
const char *value; /**< value of name=value pair */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** enum lws_mount_protocols
|
|
* This specifies the mount protocol for a mountpoint, whether it is to be
|
|
* served from a filesystem, or it is a cgi etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum lws_mount_protocols {
|
|
LWSMPRO_HTTP = 0, /**< http reverse proxy */
|
|
LWSMPRO_HTTPS = 1, /**< https reverse proxy */
|
|
LWSMPRO_FILE = 2, /**< serve from filesystem directory */
|
|
LWSMPRO_CGI = 3, /**< pass to CGI to handle */
|
|
LWSMPRO_REDIR_HTTP = 4, /**< redirect to http:// url */
|
|
LWSMPRO_REDIR_HTTPS = 5, /**< redirect to https:// url */
|
|
LWSMPRO_CALLBACK = 6, /**< hand by named protocol's callback */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_http_mount
|
|
*
|
|
* arguments for mounting something in a vhost's url namespace
|
|
*/
|
|
struct lws_http_mount {
|
|
const struct lws_http_mount *mount_next;
|
|
/**< pointer to next struct lws_http_mount */
|
|
const char *mountpoint;
|
|
/**< mountpoint in http pathspace, eg, "/" */
|
|
const char *origin;
|
|
/**< path to be mounted, eg, "/var/www/warmcat.com" */
|
|
const char *def;
|
|
/**< default target, eg, "index.html" */
|
|
const char *protocol;
|
|
/**<"protocol-name" to handle mount */
|
|
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *cgienv;
|
|
/**< optional linked-list of cgi options. These are created
|
|
* as environment variables for the cgi process
|
|
*/
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *extra_mimetypes;
|
|
/**< optional linked-list of mimetype mappings */
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *interpret;
|
|
/**< optional linked-list of files to be interpreted */
|
|
|
|
int cgi_timeout;
|
|
/**< seconds cgi is allowed to live, if cgi://mount type */
|
|
int cache_max_age;
|
|
/**< max-age for reuse of client cache of files, seconds */
|
|
unsigned int auth_mask;
|
|
/**< bits set here must be set for authorized client session */
|
|
|
|
unsigned int cache_reusable:1; /**< set if client cache may reuse this */
|
|
unsigned int cache_revalidate:1; /**< set if client cache should revalidate on use */
|
|
unsigned int cache_intermediaries:1; /**< set if intermediaries are allowed to cache */
|
|
|
|
unsigned char origin_protocol; /**< one of enum lws_mount_protocols */
|
|
unsigned char mountpoint_len; /**< length of mountpoint string */
|
|
|
|
const char *basic_auth_login_file;
|
|
/**<NULL, or filepath to use to check basic auth logins against */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility
|
|
*
|
|
* The below is to ensure later library versions with new
|
|
* members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app
|
|
* was not built against the newer headers.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void *_unused[2]; /**< dummy */
|
|
};
|
|
///@}
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup client Client related functions
|
|
* ##Client releated functions
|
|
* \ingroup lwsapi
|
|
*
|
|
* */
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/** enum lws_client_connect_ssl_connection_flags - flags that may be used
|
|
* with struct lws_client_connect_info ssl_connection member to control if
|
|
* and how SSL checks apply to the client connection being created
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum lws_client_connect_ssl_connection_flags {
|
|
LCCSCF_USE_SSL = (1 << 0),
|
|
LCCSCF_ALLOW_SELFSIGNED = (1 << 1),
|
|
LCCSCF_SKIP_SERVER_CERT_HOSTNAME_CHECK = (1 << 2),
|
|
LCCSCF_ALLOW_EXPIRED = (1 << 3),
|
|
|
|
LCCSCF_PIPELINE = (1 << 16),
|
|
/**< Serialize / pipeline multiple client connections
|
|
* on a single connection where possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* HTTP/1.0: possible if Keep-Alive: yes sent by server
|
|
* HTTP/1.1: always possible... uses pipelining
|
|
* HTTP/2: always possible... uses parallel streams
|
|
* */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_client_connect_info - parameters to connect with when using
|
|
* lws_client_connect_via_info() */
|
|
|
|
struct lws_client_connect_info {
|
|
struct lws_context *context;
|
|
/**< lws context to create connection in */
|
|
const char *address;
|
|
/**< remote address to connect to */
|
|
int port;
|
|
/**< remote port to connect to */
|
|
int ssl_connection;
|
|
/**< 0, or a combination of LCCSCF_ flags */
|
|
const char *path;
|
|
/**< uri path */
|
|
const char *host;
|
|
/**< content of host header */
|
|
const char *origin;
|
|
/**< content of origin header */
|
|
const char *protocol;
|
|
/**< list of ws protocols we could accept */
|
|
int ietf_version_or_minus_one;
|
|
/**< deprecated: currently leave at 0 or -1 */
|
|
void *userdata;
|
|
/**< if non-NULL, use this as wsi user_data instead of malloc it */
|
|
const void *client_exts;
|
|
/**< UNUSED... provide in info.extensions at context creation time */
|
|
const char *method;
|
|
/**< if non-NULL, do this http method instead of ws[s] upgrade.
|
|
* use "GET" to be a simple http client connection. "RAW" gets
|
|
* you a connected socket that lws itself will leave alone once
|
|
* connected. */
|
|
struct lws *parent_wsi;
|
|
/**< if another wsi is responsible for this connection, give it here.
|
|
* this is used to make sure if the parent closes so do any
|
|
* child connections first. */
|
|
const char *uri_replace_from;
|
|
/**< if non-NULL, when this string is found in URIs in
|
|
* text/html content-encoding, it's replaced with uri_replace_to */
|
|
const char *uri_replace_to;
|
|
/**< see uri_replace_from */
|
|
struct lws_vhost *vhost;
|
|
/**< vhost to bind to (used to determine related SSL_CTX) */
|
|
struct lws **pwsi;
|
|
/**< if not NULL, store the new wsi here early in the connection
|
|
* process. Although we return the new wsi, the call to create the
|
|
* client connection does progress the connection somewhat and may
|
|
* meet an error that will result in the connection being scrubbed and
|
|
* NULL returned. While the wsi exists though, he may process a
|
|
* callback like CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR with his wsi: this gives the
|
|
* user callback a way to identify which wsi it is that faced the error
|
|
* even before the new wsi is returned and even if ultimately no wsi
|
|
* is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *iface;
|
|
/**< NULL to allow routing on any interface, or interface name or IP
|
|
* to bind the socket to */
|
|
const char *local_protocol_name;
|
|
/**< NULL: .protocol is used both to select the local protocol handler
|
|
* to bind to and as the list of remote ws protocols we could
|
|
* accept.
|
|
* non-NULL: this protocol name is used to bind the connection to
|
|
* the local protocol handler. .protocol is used for the
|
|
* list of remote ws protocols we could accept */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility
|
|
*
|
|
* The below is to ensure later library versions with new
|
|
* members added above will see 0 (default) even if the app
|
|
* was not built against the newer headers.
|
|
*/
|
|
const char *alpn;
|
|
/* NULL: allow lws default ALPN list, from vhost if present or from
|
|
* list of roles built into lws
|
|
* non-NULL: require one from provided comma-separated list of alpn
|
|
* tokens
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void *_unused[4]; /**< dummy */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_client_connect_via_info() - Connect to another websocket server
|
|
* \param ccinfo: pointer to lws_client_connect_info struct
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates a connection to a remote server using the
|
|
* information provided in ccinfo.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_client_connect_via_info(struct lws_client_connect_info * ccinfo);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_client_connect() - Connect to another websocket server
|
|
* \deprecated DEPRECATED use lws_client_connect_via_info
|
|
* \param clients: Websocket context
|
|
* \param address: Remote server address, eg, "myserver.com"
|
|
* \param port: Port to connect to on the remote server, eg, 80
|
|
* \param ssl_connection: 0 = ws://, 1 = wss:// encrypted, 2 = wss:// allow self
|
|
* signed certs
|
|
* \param path: Websocket path on server
|
|
* \param host: Hostname on server
|
|
* \param origin: Socket origin name
|
|
* \param protocol: Comma-separated list of protocols being asked for from
|
|
* the server, or just one. The server will pick the one it
|
|
* likes best. If you don't want to specify a protocol, which is
|
|
* legal, use NULL here.
|
|
* \param ietf_version_or_minus_one: -1 to ask to connect using the default, latest
|
|
* protocol supported, or the specific protocol ordinal
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates a connection to a remote server
|
|
*/
|
|
/* deprecated, use lws_client_connect_via_info() */
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_client_connect(struct lws_context *clients, const char *address,
|
|
int port, int ssl_connection, const char *path,
|
|
const char *host, const char *origin, const char *protocol,
|
|
int ietf_version_or_minus_one) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
|
|
/* deprecated, use lws_client_connect_via_info() */
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_client_connect_extended() - Connect to another websocket server
|
|
* \deprecated DEPRECATED use lws_client_connect_via_info
|
|
* \param clients: Websocket context
|
|
* \param address: Remote server address, eg, "myserver.com"
|
|
* \param port: Port to connect to on the remote server, eg, 80
|
|
* \param ssl_connection: 0 = ws://, 1 = wss:// encrypted, 2 = wss:// allow self
|
|
* signed certs
|
|
* \param path: Websocket path on server
|
|
* \param host: Hostname on server
|
|
* \param origin: Socket origin name
|
|
* \param protocol: Comma-separated list of protocols being asked for from
|
|
* the server, or just one. The server will pick the one it
|
|
* likes best.
|
|
* \param ietf_version_or_minus_one: -1 to ask to connect using the default, latest
|
|
* protocol supported, or the specific protocol ordinal
|
|
* \param userdata: Pre-allocated user data
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates a connection to a remote server
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_client_connect_extended(struct lws_context *clients, const char *address,
|
|
int port, int ssl_connection, const char *path,
|
|
const char *host, const char *origin,
|
|
const char *protocol, int ietf_version_or_minus_one,
|
|
void *userdata) LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_init_vhost_client_ssl() - also enable client SSL on an existing vhost
|
|
*
|
|
* \param info: client ssl related info
|
|
* \param vhost: which vhost to initialize client ssl operations on
|
|
*
|
|
* You only need to call this if you plan on using SSL client connections on
|
|
* the vhost. For non-SSL client connections, it's not necessary to call this.
|
|
*
|
|
* The following members of info are used during the call
|
|
*
|
|
* - options must have LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DO_SSL_GLOBAL_INIT set,
|
|
* otherwise the call does nothing
|
|
* - provided_client_ssl_ctx must be NULL to get a generated client
|
|
* ssl context, otherwise you can pass a prepared one in by setting it
|
|
* - ssl_cipher_list may be NULL or set to the client valid cipher list
|
|
* - ssl_ca_filepath may be NULL or client cert filepath
|
|
* - ssl_cert_filepath may be NULL or client cert filepath
|
|
* - ssl_private_key_filepath may be NULL or client cert private key
|
|
*
|
|
* You must create your vhost explicitly if you want to use this, so you have
|
|
* a pointer to the vhost. Create the context first with the option flag
|
|
* LWS_SERVER_OPTION_EXPLICIT_VHOSTS and then call lws_create_vhost() with
|
|
* the same info struct.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_init_vhost_client_ssl(const struct lws_context_creation_info *info,
|
|
struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_http_client_read() - consume waiting received http client data
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: client connection
|
|
* \param buf: pointer to buffer pointer - fill with pointer to your buffer
|
|
* \param len: pointer to chunk length - fill with max length of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This is called when the user code is notified client http data has arrived.
|
|
* The user code may choose to delay calling it to consume the data, for example
|
|
* waiting until an onward connection is writeable.
|
|
*
|
|
* For non-chunked connections, up to len bytes of buf are filled with the
|
|
* received content. len is set to the actual amount filled before return.
|
|
*
|
|
* For chunked connections, the linear buffer content contains the chunking
|
|
* headers and it cannot be passed in one lump. Instead, this function will
|
|
* call back LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE_CLIENT_HTTP_READ with in pointing to the
|
|
* chunk start and len set to the chunk length. There will be as many calls
|
|
* as there are chunks or partial chunks in the buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_http_client_read(struct lws *wsi, char **buf, int *len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_http_client_http_response() - get last HTTP response code
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: client connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the last server response code, eg, 200 for client http connections.
|
|
*
|
|
* You should capture this during the LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED_CLIENT_HTTP
|
|
* callback, because after that the memory reserved for storing the related
|
|
* headers is freed and this value is lost.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned int
|
|
lws_http_client_http_response(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_client_http_body_pending(struct lws *wsi, int something_left_to_send);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_client_http_body_pending() - control if client connection neeeds to send body
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: client connection
|
|
* \param something_left_to_send: nonzero if need to send more body, 0 (default)
|
|
* if nothing more to send
|
|
*
|
|
* If you will send payload data with your HTTP client connection, eg, for POST,
|
|
* when you set the related http headers in
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER callback you should also call
|
|
* this API with something_left_to_send nonzero, and call
|
|
* lws_callback_on_writable(wsi);
|
|
*
|
|
* After sending the headers, lws will call your callback with
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_HTTP_WRITEABLE reason when writable. You can send the
|
|
* next part of the http body payload, calling lws_callback_on_writable(wsi);
|
|
* if there is more to come, or lws_client_http_body_pending(wsi, 0); to
|
|
* let lws know the last part is sent and the connection can move on.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup service Built-in service loop entry
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Built-in service loop entry
|
|
*
|
|
* If you're not using libev / libuv, these apis are needed to enter the poll()
|
|
* wait in lws and service any connections with pending events.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_service() - Service any pending websocket activity
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
* \param timeout_ms: Timeout for poll; 0 means return immediately if nothing needed
|
|
* service otherwise block and service immediately, returning
|
|
* after the timeout if nothing needed service.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function deals with any pending websocket traffic, for three
|
|
* kinds of event. It handles these events on both server and client
|
|
* types of connection the same.
|
|
*
|
|
* 1) Accept new connections to our context's server
|
|
*
|
|
* 2) Call the receive callback for incoming frame data received by
|
|
* server or client connections.
|
|
*
|
|
* You need to call this service function periodically to all the above
|
|
* functions to happen; if your application is single-threaded you can
|
|
* just call it in your main event loop.
|
|
*
|
|
* Alternatively you can fork a new process that asynchronously handles
|
|
* calling this service in a loop. In that case you are happy if this
|
|
* call blocks your thread until it needs to take care of something and
|
|
* would call it with a large nonzero timeout. Your loop then takes no
|
|
* CPU while there is nothing happening.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are calling it in a single-threaded app, you don't want it to
|
|
* wait around blocking other things in your loop from happening, so you
|
|
* would call it with a timeout_ms of 0, so it returns immediately if
|
|
* nothing is pending, or as soon as it services whatever was pending.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_service(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_service_tsi() - Service any pending websocket activity
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
* \param timeout_ms: Timeout for poll; 0 means return immediately if nothing needed
|
|
* service otherwise block and service immediately, returning
|
|
* after the timeout if nothing needed service.
|
|
* \param tsi: Thread service index, starting at 0
|
|
*
|
|
* Same as lws_service(), but for a specific thread service index. Only needed
|
|
* if you are spawning multiple service threads.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_service_tsi(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cancel_service_pt() - Cancel servicing of pending socket activity
|
|
* on one thread
|
|
* \param wsi: Cancel service on the thread this wsi is serviced by
|
|
*
|
|
* Same as lws_cancel_service(), but targets a single service thread, the one
|
|
* the wsi belongs to. You probably want to use lws_cancel_service() instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_cancel_service_pt(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cancel_service() - Cancel wait for new pending socket activity
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
*
|
|
* This function creates an immediate "synchronous interrupt" to the lws poll()
|
|
* wait or event loop. As soon as possible in the serialzed service sequencing,
|
|
* a LWS_CALLBACK_EVENT_WAIT_CANCELLED callback is sent to every protocol on
|
|
* every vhost.
|
|
*
|
|
* lws_cancel_service() may be called from another thread while the context
|
|
* exists, and its effect will be immediately serialized.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_cancel_service(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_service_fd() - Service polled socket with something waiting
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
* \param pollfd: The pollfd entry describing the socket fd and which events
|
|
* happened, or NULL to tell lws to do only timeout servicing.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function takes a pollfd that has POLLIN or POLLOUT activity and
|
|
* services it according to the state of the associated
|
|
* struct lws.
|
|
*
|
|
* The one call deals with all "service" that might happen on a socket
|
|
* including listen accepts, http files as well as websocket protocol.
|
|
*
|
|
* If a pollfd says it has something, you can just pass it to
|
|
* lws_service_fd() whether it is a socket handled by lws or not.
|
|
* If it sees it is a lws socket, the traffic will be handled and
|
|
* pollfd->revents will be zeroed now.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the socket is foreign to lws, it leaves revents alone. So you can
|
|
* see if you should service yourself by checking the pollfd revents
|
|
* after letting lws try to service it.
|
|
*
|
|
* You should also call this with pollfd = NULL to just allow the
|
|
* once-per-second global timeout checks; if less than a second since the last
|
|
* check it returns immediately then.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_service_fd(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_service_fd_tsi() - Service polled socket in specific service thread
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
* \param pollfd: The pollfd entry describing the socket fd and which events
|
|
* happened.
|
|
* \param tsi: thread service index
|
|
*
|
|
* Same as lws_service_fd() but used with multiple service threads
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_service_fd_tsi(struct lws_context *context, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd,
|
|
int tsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_service_adjust_timeout() - Check for any connection needing forced service
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
* \param timeout_ms: The original poll timeout value. You can just set this
|
|
* to 1 if you don't really have a poll timeout.
|
|
* \param tsi: thread service index
|
|
*
|
|
* Under some conditions connections may need service even though there is no
|
|
* pending network action on them, this is "forced service". For default
|
|
* poll() and libuv / libev, the library takes care of calling this and
|
|
* dealing with it for you. But for external poll() integration, you need
|
|
* access to the apis.
|
|
*
|
|
* If anybody needs "forced service", returned timeout is zero. In that case,
|
|
* you can call lws_service_tsi() with a timeout of -1 to only service
|
|
* guys who need forced service.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_service_adjust_timeout(struct lws_context *context, int timeout_ms, int tsi);
|
|
|
|
/* Backwards compatibility */
|
|
#define lws_plat_service_tsi lws_service_tsi
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_handle_POLLOUT_event(struct lws *wsi, struct lws_pollfd *pollfd);
|
|
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup http HTTP
|
|
|
|
Modules related to handling HTTP
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup httpft HTTP File transfer
|
|
* \ingroup http
|
|
|
|
APIs for sending local files in response to HTTP requests
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_mimetype() - Determine mimetype to use from filename
|
|
*
|
|
* \param file: filename
|
|
* \param m: NULL, or mount context
|
|
*
|
|
* This uses a canned list of known filetypes first, if no match and m is
|
|
* non-NULL, then tries a list of per-mount file suffix to mimtype mappings.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns either NULL or a pointer to the mimetype matching the file.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_get_mimetype(const char *file, const struct lws_http_mount *m);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_serve_http_file() - Send a file back to the client using http
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback)
|
|
* \param file: The file to issue over http
|
|
* \param content_type: The http content type, eg, text/html
|
|
* \param other_headers: NULL or pointer to header string
|
|
* \param other_headers_len: length of the other headers if non-NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is intended to be called from the callback in response
|
|
* to http requests from the client. It allows the callback to issue
|
|
* local files down the http link in a single step.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returning <0 indicates error and the wsi should be closed. Returning
|
|
* >0 indicates the file was completely sent and
|
|
* lws_http_transaction_completed() called on the wsi (and close if != 0)
|
|
* ==0 indicates the file transfer is started and needs more service later,
|
|
* the wsi should be left alone.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_serve_http_file(struct lws *wsi, const char *file, const char *content_type,
|
|
const char *other_headers, int other_headers_len);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_serve_http_file_fragment(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum http_status {
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_CONTINUE = 100,
|
|
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_OK = 200,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_NO_CONTENT = 204,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_PARTIAL_CONTENT = 206,
|
|
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_MOVED_PERMANENTLY = 301,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_FOUND = 302,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_SEE_OTHER = 303,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_NOT_MODIFIED = 304,
|
|
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_BAD_REQUEST = 400,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_PAYMENT_REQUIRED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_FORBIDDEN,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_NOT_FOUND,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_NOT_ACCEPTABLE,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_PROXY_AUTH_REQUIRED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_REQUEST_TIMEOUT,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_CONFLICT,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_GONE,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_LENGTH_REQUIRED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_PRECONDITION_FAILED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_REQ_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_REQ_URI_TOO_LONG,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_REQ_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_EXPECTATION_FAILED,
|
|
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR = 500,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_BAD_GATEWAY,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT,
|
|
HTTP_STATUS_HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED,
|
|
};
|
|
/*! \defgroup html-chunked-substitution HTML Chunked Substitution
|
|
* \ingroup http
|
|
*
|
|
* ##HTML chunked Substitution
|
|
*
|
|
* APIs for receiving chunks of text, replacing a set of variable names via
|
|
* a callback, and then prepending and appending HTML chunked encoding
|
|
* headers.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
struct lws_process_html_args {
|
|
char *p; /**< pointer to the buffer containing the data */
|
|
int len; /**< length of the original data at p */
|
|
int max_len; /**< maximum length we can grow the data to */
|
|
int final; /**< set if this is the last chunk of the file */
|
|
int chunked; /**< 0 == unchunked, 1 == produce chunk headers (incompatible with HTTP/2) */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
typedef const char *(*lws_process_html_state_cb)(void *data, int index);
|
|
|
|
struct lws_process_html_state {
|
|
char *start; /**< pointer to start of match */
|
|
char swallow[16]; /**< matched character buffer */
|
|
int pos; /**< position in match */
|
|
void *data; /**< opaque pointer */
|
|
const char * const *vars; /**< list of variable names */
|
|
int count_vars; /**< count of variable names */
|
|
|
|
lws_process_html_state_cb replace; /**< called on match to perform substitution */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*! lws_chunked_html_process() - generic chunked substitution
|
|
* \param args: buffer to process using chunked encoding
|
|
* \param s: current processing state
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_chunked_html_process(struct lws_process_html_args *args,
|
|
struct lws_process_html_state *s);
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup HTTP-headers-read HTTP headers: read
|
|
* \ingroup http
|
|
*
|
|
* ##HTTP header releated functions
|
|
*
|
|
* In lws the client http headers are temporarily stored in a pool, only for the
|
|
* duration of the http part of the handshake. It's because in most cases,
|
|
* the header content is ignored for the whole rest of the connection lifetime
|
|
* and would then just be taking up space needlessly.
|
|
*
|
|
* During LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP when the URI path is delivered is the last time
|
|
* the http headers are still allocated, you can use these apis then to
|
|
* look at and copy out interesting header content (cookies, etc)
|
|
*
|
|
* Notice that the header total length reported does not include a terminating
|
|
* '\0', however you must allocate for it when using the _copy apis. So the
|
|
* length reported for a header containing "123" is 3, but you must provide
|
|
* a buffer of length 4 so that "123\0" may be copied into it, or the copy
|
|
* will fail with a nonzero return code.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the special case of URL arguments, like ?x=1&y=2, the arguments are
|
|
* stored in a token named for the method, eg, WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI if it
|
|
* was a GET or WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI if POST. You can check the total
|
|
* length to confirm the method.
|
|
*
|
|
* For URL arguments, each argument is stored urldecoded in a "fragment", so
|
|
* you can use the fragment-aware api lws_hdr_copy_fragment() to access each
|
|
* argument in turn: the fragments contain urldecoded strings like x=1 or y=2.
|
|
*
|
|
* As a convenience, lws has an api that will find the fragment with a
|
|
* given name= part, lws_get_urlarg_by_name().
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_tokens
|
|
* you need these to look at headers that have been parsed if using the
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_CONNECTION callback. If a header from the enum
|
|
* list below is absent, .token = NULL and len = 0. Otherwise .token
|
|
* points to .len chars containing that header content.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct lws_tokens {
|
|
char *token; /**< pointer to start of the token */
|
|
int len; /**< length of the token's value */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* enum lws_token_indexes
|
|
* these have to be kept in sync with lextable.h / minilex.c
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum lws_token_indexes {
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI = 0,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI = 1,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_OPTIONS_URI = 2,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HOST = 3,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_CONNECTION = 4,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_UPGRADE = 5,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_ORIGIN = 6,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_DRAFT = 7,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_CHALLENGE = 8,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_EXTENSIONS = 9,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_KEY1 = 10,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_KEY2 = 11,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_PROTOCOL = 12,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_ACCEPT = 13,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_NONCE = 14,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP = 15,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP2_SETTINGS = 16,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT = 17,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AC_REQUEST_HEADERS = 18,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MODIFIED_SINCE = 19,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH = 20,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING = 21,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE = 22,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PRAGMA = 23,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CACHE_CONTROL = 24,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AUTHORIZATION = 25,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COOKIE = 26,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LENGTH = 27,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE = 28,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_DATE = 29,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RANGE = 30,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFERER = 31,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_KEY = 32,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_VERSION = 33,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_SWORIGIN = 34,
|
|
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_AUTHORITY = 35,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_METHOD = 36,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_PATH = 37,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_SCHEME = 38,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COLON_STATUS = 39,
|
|
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_CHARSET = 40,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_RANGES = 41,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCESS_CONTROL_ALLOW_ORIGIN = 42,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AGE = 43,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ALLOW = 44,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_DISPOSITION = 45,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING = 46,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LANGUAGE = 47,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LOCATION = 48,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_RANGE = 49,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ETAG = 50,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_EXPECT = 51,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_EXPIRES = 52,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_FROM = 53,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MATCH = 54,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_RANGE = 55,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_UNMODIFIED_SINCE = 56,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LAST_MODIFIED = 57,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LINK = 58,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_LOCATION = 59,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_MAX_FORWARDS = 60,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHENTICATE = 61,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHORIZATION = 62,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFRESH = 63,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RETRY_AFTER = 64,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_SERVER = 65,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_SET_COOKIE = 66,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_STRICT_TRANSPORT_SECURITY = 67,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_TRANSFER_ENCODING = 68,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_USER_AGENT = 69,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_VARY = 70,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_VIA = 71,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_WWW_AUTHENTICATE = 72,
|
|
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_PATCH_URI = 73,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_PUT_URI = 74,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_DELETE_URI = 75,
|
|
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS = 76,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_PROXY = 77,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_X_REAL_IP = 78,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HTTP1_0 = 79,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_X_FORWARDED_FOR = 80,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_CONNECT = 81,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_HEAD_URI = 82,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_TE = 83,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_REPLAY_NONCE = 84,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_COLON_PROTOCOL = 85,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_X_AUTH_TOKEN = 86,
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
|
|
/* use token storage to stash these internally, not for
|
|
* user use */
|
|
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_SENT_PROTOCOLS,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_PEER_ADDRESS,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_URI,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_HOST,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_ORIGIN,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_METHOD,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_IFACE,
|
|
_WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_ALPN,
|
|
|
|
/* always last real token index*/
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_COUNT,
|
|
|
|
/* parser state additions, no storage associated */
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_NAME_PART,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING,
|
|
WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING_SAW_CR,
|
|
WSI_PARSING_COMPLETE,
|
|
WSI_INIT_TOKEN_MUXURL,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_token_limits {
|
|
unsigned short token_limit[WSI_TOKEN_COUNT]; /**< max chars for this token */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_token_to_string() - returns a textual representation of a hdr token index
|
|
*
|
|
* \param token: token index
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const unsigned char *
|
|
lws_token_to_string(enum lws_token_indexes token);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_hdr_total_length: report length of all fragments of a header totalled up
|
|
* The returned length does not include the space for a
|
|
* terminating '\0'
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param h: which header index we are interested in
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_hdr_total_length(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_hdr_fragment_length: report length of a single fragment of a header
|
|
* The returned length does not include the space for a
|
|
* terminating '\0'
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param h: which header index we are interested in
|
|
* \param frag_idx: which fragment of h we want to get the length of
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_hdr_fragment_length(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h, int frag_idx);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_hdr_copy() - copy a single fragment of the given header to a buffer
|
|
* The buffer length len must include space for an additional
|
|
* terminating '\0', or it will fail returning -1.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param dest: destination buffer
|
|
* \param len: length of destination buffer
|
|
* \param h: which header index we are interested in
|
|
*
|
|
* copies the whole, aggregated header, even if it was delivered in
|
|
* several actual headers piece by piece
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_hdr_copy(struct lws *wsi, char *dest, int len, enum lws_token_indexes h);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_hdr_copy_fragment() - copy a single fragment of the given header to a buffer
|
|
* The buffer length len must include space for an additional
|
|
* terminating '\0', or it will fail returning -1.
|
|
* If the requested fragment index is not present, it fails
|
|
* returning -1.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param dest: destination buffer
|
|
* \param len: length of destination buffer
|
|
* \param h: which header index we are interested in
|
|
* \param frag_idx: which fragment of h we want to copy
|
|
*
|
|
* Normally this is only useful
|
|
* to parse URI arguments like ?x=1&y=2, token index WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS
|
|
* fragment 0 will contain "x=1" and fragment 1 "y=2"
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_hdr_copy_fragment(struct lws *wsi, char *dest, int len,
|
|
enum lws_token_indexes h, int frag_idx);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_urlarg_by_name() - return pointer to arg value if present
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param name: the arg name, like "token="
|
|
* \param buf: the buffer to receive the urlarg (including the name= part)
|
|
* \param len: the length of the buffer to receive the urlarg
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns NULL if not found or a pointer inside buf to just after the
|
|
* name= part.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_get_urlarg_by_name(struct lws *wsi, const char *name, char *buf, int len);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup HTTP-headers-create HTTP headers: create
|
|
*
|
|
* ## HTTP headers: Create
|
|
*
|
|
* These apis allow you to create HTTP response headers in a way compatible with
|
|
* both HTTP/1.x and HTTP/2.
|
|
*
|
|
* They each append to a buffer taking care about the buffer end, which is
|
|
* passed in as a pointer. When data is written to the buffer, the current
|
|
* position p is updated accordingly.
|
|
*
|
|
* All of these apis are LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT as they can run out of space
|
|
* and fail with nonzero return.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
#define LWSAHH_CODE_MASK ((1 << 16) - 1)
|
|
#define LWSAHH_FLAG_NO_SERVER_NAME (1 << 30)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_add_http_header_status() - add the HTTP response status code
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param code: an HTTP code like 200, 404 etc (see enum http_status)
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Adds the initial response code, so should be called first.
|
|
*
|
|
* Code may additionally take OR'd flags:
|
|
*
|
|
* LWSAHH_FLAG_NO_SERVER_NAME: don't apply server name header this time
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_add_http_header_status(struct lws *wsi,
|
|
unsigned int code, unsigned char **p,
|
|
unsigned char *end);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_add_http_header_by_name() - append named header and value
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param name: the hdr name, like "my-header"
|
|
* \param value: the value after the = for this header
|
|
* \param length: the length of the value
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Appends name: value to the headers
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_add_http_header_by_name(struct lws *wsi, const unsigned char *name,
|
|
const unsigned char *value, int length,
|
|
unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_add_http_header_by_token() - append given header and value
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param token: the token index for the hdr
|
|
* \param value: the value after the = for this header
|
|
* \param length: the length of the value
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Appends name=value to the headers, but is able to take advantage of better
|
|
* HTTP/2 coding mechanisms where possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_add_http_header_by_token(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes token,
|
|
const unsigned char *value, int length,
|
|
unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_add_http_header_content_length() - append content-length helper
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param content_length: the content length to use
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Appends content-length: content_length to the headers
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_add_http_header_content_length(struct lws *wsi,
|
|
lws_filepos_t content_length,
|
|
unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_finalize_http_header() - terminate header block
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Indicates no more headers will be added
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_finalize_http_header(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char **p,
|
|
unsigned char *end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_finalize_write_http_header() - Helper finializing and writing http headers
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param start: pointer to the start of headers in the buffer, eg &buf[LWS_PRE]
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Terminates the headers correctly accoring to the protocol in use (h1 / h2)
|
|
* and writes the headers. Returns nonzero for error.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_finalize_write_http_header(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char *start,
|
|
unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_ILLEGAL_HTTP_CONTENT_LEN ((lws_filepos_t)-1ll)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_add_http_common_headers() - Helper preparing common http headers
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to check
|
|
* \param code: an HTTP code like 200, 404 etc (see enum http_status)
|
|
* \param content_type: the content type, like "text/html"
|
|
* \param content_len: the content length, in bytes
|
|
* \param p: pointer to current position in buffer pointer
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Adds the initial response code, so should be called first.
|
|
*
|
|
* Code may additionally take OR'd flags:
|
|
*
|
|
* LWSAHH_FLAG_NO_SERVER_NAME: don't apply server name header this time
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper just calls public apis to simplify adding headers that are
|
|
* commonly needed. If it doesn't fit your case, or you want to add additional
|
|
* headers just call the public apis directly yourself for what you want.
|
|
*
|
|
* You can miss out the content length header by providing the constant
|
|
* LWS_ILLEGAL_HTTP_CONTENT_LEN for the content_len.
|
|
*
|
|
* It does not call lws_finalize_http_header(), to allow you to add further
|
|
* headers after calling this. You will need to call that yourself at the end.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_add_http_common_headers(struct lws *wsi, unsigned int code,
|
|
const char *content_type, lws_filepos_t content_len,
|
|
unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup form-parsing Form Parsing
|
|
* \ingroup http
|
|
* ##POSTed form parsing functions
|
|
*
|
|
* These lws_spa (stateful post arguments) apis let you parse and urldecode
|
|
* POSTed form arguments, both using simple urlencoded and multipart transfer
|
|
* encoding.
|
|
*
|
|
* It's capable of handling file uploads as well a named input parsing,
|
|
* and the apis are the same for both form upload styles.
|
|
*
|
|
* You feed it a list of parameter names and it creates pointers to the
|
|
* urldecoded arguments: file upload parameters pass the file data in chunks to
|
|
* a user-supplied callback as they come.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since it's stateful, it handles the incoming data needing more than one
|
|
* POST_BODY callback and has no limit on uploaded file size.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/** enum lws_spa_fileupload_states */
|
|
enum lws_spa_fileupload_states {
|
|
LWS_UFS_CONTENT,
|
|
/**< a chunk of file content has arrived */
|
|
LWS_UFS_FINAL_CONTENT,
|
|
/**< the last chunk (possibly zero length) of file content has arrived */
|
|
LWS_UFS_OPEN
|
|
/**< a new file is starting to arrive */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_fileupload_cb() - callback to receive file upload data
|
|
*
|
|
* \param data: opt_data pointer set in lws_spa_create
|
|
* \param name: name of the form field being uploaded
|
|
* \param filename: original filename from client
|
|
* \param buf: start of data to receive
|
|
* \param len: length of data to receive
|
|
* \param state: information about how this call relates to file
|
|
*
|
|
* Notice name and filename shouldn't be trusted, as they are passed from
|
|
* HTTP provided by the client.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef int (*lws_spa_fileupload_cb)(void *data, const char *name,
|
|
const char *filename, char *buf, int len,
|
|
enum lws_spa_fileupload_states state);
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_spa - opaque urldecode parser capable of handling multipart
|
|
* and file uploads */
|
|
struct lws_spa;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_create() - create urldecode parser
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection (used to find Content Type)
|
|
* \param param_names: array of form parameter names, like "username"
|
|
* \param count_params: count of param_names
|
|
* \param max_storage: total amount of form parameter values we can store
|
|
* \param opt_cb: NULL, or callback to receive file upload data.
|
|
* \param opt_data: NULL, or user pointer provided to opt_cb.
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a urldecode parser and initializes it.
|
|
*
|
|
* opt_cb can be NULL if you just want normal name=value parsing, however
|
|
* if one or more entries in your form are bulk data (file transfer), you
|
|
* can provide this callback and filter on the name callback parameter to
|
|
* treat that urldecoded data separately. The callback should return -1
|
|
* in case of fatal error, and 0 if OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_spa *
|
|
lws_spa_create(struct lws *wsi, const char * const *param_names,
|
|
int count_params, int max_storage, lws_spa_fileupload_cb opt_cb,
|
|
void *opt_data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_process() - parses a chunk of input data
|
|
*
|
|
* \param spa: the parser object previously created
|
|
* \param in: incoming, urlencoded data
|
|
* \param len: count of bytes valid at \param in
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_spa_process(struct lws_spa *spa, const char *in, int len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_finalize() - indicate incoming data completed
|
|
*
|
|
* \param spa: the parser object previously created
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_spa_finalize(struct lws_spa *spa);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_get_length() - return length of parameter value
|
|
*
|
|
* \param spa: the parser object previously created
|
|
* \param n: parameter ordinal to return length of value for
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_spa_get_length(struct lws_spa *spa, int n);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_get_string() - return pointer to parameter value
|
|
* \param spa: the parser object previously created
|
|
* \param n: parameter ordinal to return pointer to value for
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_spa_get_string(struct lws_spa *spa, int n);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_spa_destroy() - destroy parser object
|
|
*
|
|
* \param spa: the parser object previously created
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_spa_destroy(struct lws_spa *spa);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup urlendec Urlencode and Urldecode
|
|
* \ingroup http
|
|
*
|
|
* ##HTML chunked Substitution
|
|
*
|
|
* APIs for receiving chunks of text, replacing a set of variable names via
|
|
* a callback, and then prepending and appending HTML chunked encoding
|
|
* headers.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_urlencode() - like strncpy but with urlencoding
|
|
*
|
|
* \param escaped: output buffer
|
|
* \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated)
|
|
* \param len: output buffer max length
|
|
*
|
|
* Because urlencoding expands the output string, it's not
|
|
* possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_urlencode(char *escaped, const char *string, int len);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* URLDECODE 1 / 2
|
|
*
|
|
* This simple urldecode only operates until the first '\0' and requires the
|
|
* data to exist all at once
|
|
*/
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_urldecode() - like strncpy but with urldecoding
|
|
*
|
|
* \param string: output buffer
|
|
* \param escaped: input buffer ('\0' terminated)
|
|
* \param len: output buffer max length
|
|
*
|
|
* This is only useful for '\0' terminated strings
|
|
*
|
|
* Since urldecoding only shrinks the output string, it is possible to
|
|
* do it in-place, ie, string == escaped
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 if completed OK or nonzero for urldecode violation (non-hex chars
|
|
* where hex required, etc)
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_urldecode(char *string, const char *escaped, int len);
|
|
///@}
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_return_http_status() - Return simple http status
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback)
|
|
* \param code: Status index, eg, 404
|
|
* \param html_body: User-readable HTML description < 1KB, or NULL
|
|
*
|
|
* Helper to report HTTP errors back to the client cleanly and
|
|
* consistently
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_return_http_status(struct lws *wsi, unsigned int code,
|
|
const char *html_body);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_http_redirect() - write http redirect out on wsi
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
* \param code: HTTP response code (eg, 301)
|
|
* \param loc: where to redirect to
|
|
* \param len: length of loc
|
|
* \param p: pointer current position in buffer (updated as we write)
|
|
* \param end: pointer to end of buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns amount written, or < 0 indicating fatal write failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_http_redirect(struct lws *wsi, int code, const unsigned char *loc, int len,
|
|
unsigned char **p, unsigned char *end);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_http_transaction_completed() - wait for new http transaction or close
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 1 if the HTTP connection must close now
|
|
* Returns 0 and resets connection to wait for new HTTP header /
|
|
* transaction if possible
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_http_transaction_completed(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup pur Sanitize / purify SQL and JSON helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Sanitize / purify SQL and JSON helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* APIs for escaping untrusted JSON and SQL safely before use
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_sql_purify() - like strncpy but with escaping for sql quotes
|
|
*
|
|
* \param escaped: output buffer
|
|
* \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated)
|
|
* \param len: output buffer max length
|
|
*
|
|
* Because escaping expands the output string, it's not
|
|
* possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_sql_purify(char *escaped, const char *string, int len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_json_purify() - like strncpy but with escaping for json chars
|
|
*
|
|
* \param escaped: output buffer
|
|
* \param string: input buffer ('/0' terminated)
|
|
* \param len: output buffer max length
|
|
*
|
|
* Because escaping expands the output string, it's not
|
|
* possible to do it in-place, ie, with escaped == string
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_json_purify(char *escaped, const char *string, int len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_filename_purify_inplace() - replace scary filename chars with underscore
|
|
*
|
|
* \param filename: filename to be purified
|
|
*
|
|
* Replace scary characters in the filename (it should not be a path)
|
|
* with underscore, so it's safe to use.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_filename_purify_inplace(char *filename);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_plat_write_cert(struct lws_vhost *vhost, int is_key, int fd, void *buf,
|
|
int len);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_plat_write_file(const char *filename, void *buf, int len);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_plat_read_file(const char *filename, void *buf, int len);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_plat_recommended_rsa_bits(void);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup uv libuv helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* ##libuv helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* APIs specific to libuv event loop itegration
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
#ifdef LWS_WITH_LIBUV
|
|
/*
|
|
* Any direct libuv allocations in lws protocol handlers must participate in the
|
|
* lws reference counting scheme. Two apis are provided:
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_libuv_static_refcount_add(handle, context) to mark the handle with
|
|
* a pointer to the context and increment the global uv object counter
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_libuv_static_refcount_del() which should be used as the close callback
|
|
* for your own libuv objects declared in the protocol scope.
|
|
*
|
|
* Using the apis allows lws to detach itself from a libuv loop completely
|
|
* cleanly and at the moment all of its libuv objects have completed close.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uv_loop_t *
|
|
lws_uv_getloop(struct lws_context *context, int tsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_libuv_static_refcount_add(uv_handle_t *, struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_libuv_static_refcount_del(uv_handle_t *);
|
|
|
|
#endif /* LWS_WITH_LIBUV */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
#define lws_libuv_static_refcount_add(_a, _b)
|
|
#define lws_libuv_static_refcount_del NULL
|
|
#endif
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup timeout Connection timeouts
|
|
|
|
APIs related to setting connection timeouts
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum pending_timeout {
|
|
NO_PENDING_TIMEOUT = 0,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PROXY_RESPONSE = 1,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CONNECT_RESPONSE = 2,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISH_WITH_SERVER = 3,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SERVER_RESPONSE = 4,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PING = 5,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_ACK = 6,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_UNUSED1 = 7,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_SENT_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE = 8,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_SSL_ACCEPT = 9,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_CONTENT = 10,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CLIENT_HS_SEND = 11,
|
|
PENDING_FLUSH_STORED_SEND_BEFORE_CLOSE = 12,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_SHUTDOWN_FLUSH = 13,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_CGI = 14,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE = 15,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_WS_PONG_CHECK_SEND_PING = 16,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_WS_PONG_CHECK_GET_PONG = 17,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLIENT_ISSUE_PAYLOAD = 18,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SOCKS_GREETING_REPLY = 19,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SOCKS_CONNECT_REPLY = 20,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SOCKS_AUTH_REPLY = 21,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_KILLED_BY_SSL_INFO = 22,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_KILLED_BY_PARENT = 23,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_SEND = 24,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_HOLDING_AH = 25,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_UDP_IDLE = 26,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLIENT_CONN_IDLE = 27,
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_LAGGING = 28,
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
|
|
PENDING_TIMEOUT_USER_REASON_BASE = 1000
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_TO_KILL_ASYNC -1
|
|
/**< If LWS_TO_KILL_ASYNC is given as the timeout sec in a lws_set_timeout()
|
|
* call, then the connection is marked to be killed at the next timeout
|
|
* check. This is how you should force-close the wsi being serviced if
|
|
* you are doing it outside the callback (where you should close by nonzero
|
|
* return).
|
|
*/
|
|
#define LWS_TO_KILL_SYNC -2
|
|
/**< If LWS_TO_KILL_SYNC is given as the timeout sec in a lws_set_timeout()
|
|
* call, then the connection is closed before returning (which may delete
|
|
* the wsi). This should only be used where the wsi being closed is not the
|
|
* wsi currently being serviced.
|
|
*/
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_timeout() - marks the wsi as subject to a timeout
|
|
*
|
|
* You will not need this unless you are doing something special
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance
|
|
* \param reason: timeout reason
|
|
* \param secs: how many seconds. You may set to LWS_TO_KILL_ASYNC to
|
|
* force the connection to timeout at the next opportunity, or
|
|
* LWS_TO_KILL_SYNC to close it synchronously if you know the
|
|
* wsi is not the one currently being serviced.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_timeout(struct lws *wsi, enum pending_timeout reason, int secs);
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_SET_TIMER_USEC_CANCEL ((lws_usec_t)-1ll)
|
|
#define LWS_USEC_PER_SEC (1000000ll)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_timer_usecs() - schedules a callback on the wsi in the future
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance
|
|
* \param usecs: LWS_SET_TIMER_USEC_CANCEL removes any existing scheduled
|
|
* callback, otherwise number of microseconds in the future
|
|
* the callback will occur at.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: event loop support for this:
|
|
*
|
|
* default poll() loop: yes
|
|
* libuv event loop: yes
|
|
* libev: not implemented (patch welcome)
|
|
* libevent: not implemented (patch welcome)
|
|
*
|
|
* After the deadline expires, the wsi will get a callback of type
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_TIMER and the timer is exhausted. The deadline may be
|
|
* continuously deferred by further calls to lws_set_timer_usecs() with a later
|
|
* deadline, or cancelled by lws_set_timer_usecs(wsi, -1).
|
|
*
|
|
* If the timer should repeat, lws_set_timer_usecs() must be called again from
|
|
* LWS_CALLBACK_TIMER.
|
|
*
|
|
* Accuracy depends on the platform and the load on the event loop or system...
|
|
* all that's guaranteed is the callback will come after the requested wait
|
|
* period.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_timer_usecs(struct lws *wsi, lws_usec_t usecs);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* lws_timed_callback_vh_protocol() - calls back a protocol on a vhost after
|
|
* the specified delay
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: the vhost to call back
|
|
* \param protocol: the protocol to call back
|
|
* \param reason: callback reason
|
|
* \param secs: how many seconds in the future to do the callback. Set to
|
|
* -1 to cancel the timer callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* Callback the specified protocol with a fake wsi pointing to the specified
|
|
* vhost and protocol, with the specified reason, at the specified time in the
|
|
* future.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 if OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_timed_callback_vh_protocol(struct lws_vhost *vh,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *prot,
|
|
int reason, int secs);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup sending-data Sending data
|
|
|
|
APIs related to writing data on a connection
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
#if !defined(LWS_SIZEOFPTR)
|
|
#define LWS_SIZEOFPTR ((int)sizeof (void *))
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__x86_64__)
|
|
#define _LWS_PAD_SIZE 16 /* Intel recommended for best performance */
|
|
#else
|
|
#define _LWS_PAD_SIZE LWS_SIZEOFPTR /* Size of a pointer on the target arch */
|
|
#endif
|
|
#define _LWS_PAD(n) (((n) % _LWS_PAD_SIZE) ? \
|
|
((n) + (_LWS_PAD_SIZE - ((n) % _LWS_PAD_SIZE))) : (n))
|
|
/* last 2 is for lws-meta */
|
|
#define LWS_PRE _LWS_PAD(4 + 10 + 2)
|
|
/* used prior to 1.7 and retained for backward compatibility */
|
|
#define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING LWS_PRE
|
|
#define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING 0
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_WRITE_RAW LWS_WRITE_HTTP
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: These public enums are part of the abi. If you want to add one,
|
|
* add it at where specified so existing users are unaffected.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum lws_write_protocol {
|
|
LWS_WRITE_TEXT = 0,
|
|
/**< Send a ws TEXT message,the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid
|
|
* memory behind it. The receiver expects only valid utf-8 in the
|
|
* payload */
|
|
LWS_WRITE_BINARY = 1,
|
|
/**< Send a ws BINARY message, the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid
|
|
* memory behind it. Any sequence of bytes is valid */
|
|
LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION = 2,
|
|
/**< Continue a previous ws message, the pointer must have LWS_PRE valid
|
|
* memory behind it */
|
|
LWS_WRITE_HTTP = 3,
|
|
/**< Send HTTP content */
|
|
|
|
/* LWS_WRITE_CLOSE is handled by lws_close_reason() */
|
|
LWS_WRITE_PING = 5,
|
|
LWS_WRITE_PONG = 6,
|
|
|
|
/* Same as write_http but we know this write ends the transaction */
|
|
LWS_WRITE_HTTP_FINAL = 7,
|
|
|
|
/* HTTP2 */
|
|
|
|
LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS = 8,
|
|
/**< Send http headers (http2 encodes this payload and LWS_WRITE_HTTP
|
|
* payload differently, http 1.x links also handle this correctly. so
|
|
* to be compatible with both in the future,header response part should
|
|
* be sent using this regardless of http version expected)
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS_CONTINUATION = 9,
|
|
/**< Continuation of http/2 headers
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/****** add new things just above ---^ ******/
|
|
|
|
/* flags */
|
|
|
|
LWS_WRITE_NO_FIN = 0x40,
|
|
/**< This part of the message is not the end of the message */
|
|
|
|
LWS_WRITE_H2_STREAM_END = 0x80,
|
|
/**< Flag indicates this packet should go out with STREAM_END if h2
|
|
* STREAM_END is allowed on DATA or HEADERS.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_WRITE_CLIENT_IGNORE_XOR_MASK = 0x80
|
|
/**< client packet payload goes out on wire unmunged
|
|
* only useful for security tests since normal servers cannot
|
|
* decode the content if used */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* used with LWS_CALLBACK_CHILD_WRITE_VIA_PARENT */
|
|
|
|
struct lws_write_passthru {
|
|
struct lws *wsi;
|
|
unsigned char *buf;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
enum lws_write_protocol wp;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_write() - Apply protocol then write data to client
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback)
|
|
* \param buf: The data to send. For data being sent on a websocket
|
|
* connection (ie, not default http), this buffer MUST have
|
|
* LWS_PRE bytes valid BEFORE the pointer.
|
|
* This is so the protocol header data can be added in-situ.
|
|
* \param len: Count of the data bytes in the payload starting from buf
|
|
* \param protocol: Use LWS_WRITE_HTTP to reply to an http connection, and one
|
|
* of LWS_WRITE_BINARY or LWS_WRITE_TEXT to send appropriate
|
|
* data on a websockets connection. Remember to allow the extra
|
|
* bytes before and after buf if LWS_WRITE_BINARY or LWS_WRITE_TEXT
|
|
* are used.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function provides the way to issue data back to the client
|
|
* for both http and websocket protocols.
|
|
*
|
|
* IMPORTANT NOTICE!
|
|
*
|
|
* When sending with websocket protocol
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_TEXT,
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_BINARY,
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION,
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_PING,
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_PONG
|
|
*
|
|
* the send buffer has to have LWS_PRE bytes valid BEFORE
|
|
* the buffer pointer you pass to lws_write().
|
|
*
|
|
* This allows us to add protocol info before and after the data, and send as
|
|
* one packet on the network without payload copying, for maximum efficiency.
|
|
*
|
|
* So for example you need this kind of code to use lws_write with a
|
|
* 128-byte payload
|
|
*
|
|
* char buf[LWS_PRE + 128];
|
|
*
|
|
* // fill your part of the buffer... for example here it's all zeros
|
|
* memset(&buf[LWS_PRE], 0, 128);
|
|
*
|
|
* lws_write(wsi, &buf[LWS_PRE], 128, LWS_WRITE_TEXT);
|
|
*
|
|
* When sending HTTP, with
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_HTTP,
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_HTTP_HEADERS
|
|
* LWS_WRITE_HTTP_FINAL
|
|
*
|
|
* there is no protocol data prepended, and don't need to take care about the
|
|
* LWS_PRE bytes valid before the buffer pointer.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_PRE is at least the frame nonce + 2 header + 8 length
|
|
* LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING is deprecated, it's now 0 and can be left off.
|
|
* The example apps no longer use it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Pad LWS_PRE to the CPU word size, so that word references
|
|
* to the address immediately after the padding won't cause an unaligned access
|
|
* error. Sometimes for performance reasons the recommended padding is even
|
|
* larger than sizeof(void *).
|
|
*
|
|
* In the case of sending using websocket protocol, be sure to allocate
|
|
* valid storage before and after buf as explained above. This scheme
|
|
* allows maximum efficiency of sending data and protocol in a single
|
|
* packet while not burdening the user code with any protocol knowledge.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return may be -1 for a fatal error needing connection close, or the
|
|
* number of bytes sent.
|
|
*
|
|
* Truncated Writes
|
|
* ================
|
|
*
|
|
* The OS may not accept everything you asked to write on the connection.
|
|
*
|
|
* Posix defines POLLOUT indication from poll() to show that the connection
|
|
* will accept more write data, but it doesn't specifiy how much. It may just
|
|
* accept one byte of whatever you wanted to send.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS will buffer the remainder automatically, and send it out autonomously.
|
|
*
|
|
* During that time, WRITABLE callbacks will be suppressed.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is to handle corner cases where unexpectedly the OS refuses what we
|
|
* usually expect it to accept. You should try to send in chunks that are
|
|
* almost always accepted in order to avoid the inefficiency of the buffering.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_write(struct lws *wsi, unsigned char *buf, size_t len,
|
|
enum lws_write_protocol protocol);
|
|
|
|
/* helper for case where buffer may be const */
|
|
#define lws_write_http(wsi, buf, len) \
|
|
lws_write(wsi, (unsigned char *)(buf), len, LWS_WRITE_HTTP)
|
|
|
|
/* helper for multi-frame ws message flags */
|
|
static inline int
|
|
lws_write_ws_flags(int initial, int is_start, int is_end)
|
|
{
|
|
int r;
|
|
|
|
if (is_start)
|
|
r = initial;
|
|
else
|
|
r = LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION;
|
|
|
|
if (!is_end)
|
|
r |= LWS_WRITE_NO_FIN;
|
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup callback-when-writeable Callback when writeable
|
|
*
|
|
* ##Callback When Writeable
|
|
*
|
|
* lws can only write data on a connection when it is able to accept more
|
|
* data without blocking.
|
|
*
|
|
* So a basic requirement is we should only use the lws_write() apis when the
|
|
* connection we want to write on says that he can accept more data.
|
|
*
|
|
* When lws cannot complete your send at the time, it will buffer the data
|
|
* and send it in the background, suppressing any further WRITEABLE callbacks
|
|
* on that connection until it completes. So it is important to write new
|
|
* things in a new writeable callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* These apis reflect the various ways we can indicate we would like to be
|
|
* called back when one or more connections is writeable.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_on_writable() - Request a callback when this socket
|
|
* becomes able to be written to without
|
|
* blocking
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance to get callback for
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: only this wsi
|
|
* - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable
|
|
* - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_on_writable(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol() - Request a callback for all
|
|
* connections using the given protocol when it
|
|
* becomes possible to write to each socket without
|
|
* blocking in turn.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: lws_context
|
|
* \param protocol: Protocol whose connections will get callbacks
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on ANY VHOST
|
|
* - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable
|
|
* - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol(const struct lws_context *context,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocol);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol_vhost() - Request a callback for
|
|
* all connections on same vhost using the given protocol
|
|
* when it becomes possible to write to each socket without
|
|
* blocking in turn.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: Only consider connections on this lws_vhost
|
|
* \param protocol: Protocol whose connections will get callbacks
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY
|
|
* - When: when the individual connection becomes writeable
|
|
* - What: LWS_CALLBACK_*_WRITEABLE
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_on_writable_all_protocol_vhost(const struct lws_vhost *vhost,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocol);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_all_protocol() - Callback all connections using
|
|
* the given protocol with the given reason
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: lws_context
|
|
* \param protocol: Protocol whose connections will get callbacks
|
|
* \param reason: Callback reason index
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on ALL VHOSTS
|
|
* - When: before returning
|
|
* - What: reason
|
|
*
|
|
* This isn't normally what you want... normally any update of connection-
|
|
* specific information can wait until a network-related callback like rx,
|
|
* writable, or close.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_all_protocol(struct lws_context *context,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost() - Callback all connections using
|
|
* the given protocol with the given reason. This is
|
|
* deprecated since v2.4: use lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost_args
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: Vhost whose connections will get callbacks
|
|
* \param protocol: Which protocol to match. NULL means all.
|
|
* \param reason: Callback reason index
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY
|
|
* - When: now
|
|
* - What: reason
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason)
|
|
LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost_args() - Callback all connections using
|
|
* the given protocol with the given reason and args
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: Vhost whose connections will get callbacks
|
|
* \param protocol: Which protocol to match. NULL means all.
|
|
* \param reason: Callback reason index
|
|
* \param argp: Callback "in" parameter
|
|
* \param len: Callback "len" parameter
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on GIVEN VHOST ONLY
|
|
* - When: now
|
|
* - What: reason
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE int
|
|
lws_callback_all_protocol_vhost_args(struct lws_vhost *vh,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocol, int reason,
|
|
void *argp, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_vhost_protocols() - Callback all protocols enabled on a vhost
|
|
* with the given reason
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: wsi whose vhost will get callbacks
|
|
* \param reason: Callback reason index
|
|
* \param in: in argument to callback
|
|
* \param len: len argument to callback
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on same VHOST as wsi ONLY
|
|
* - When: now
|
|
* - What: reason
|
|
*
|
|
* This is deprecated since v2.5, use lws_callback_vhost_protocols_vhost()
|
|
* which takes the pointer to the vhost directly without using or needing the
|
|
* wsi.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_vhost_protocols(struct lws *wsi, int reason, void *in, int len)
|
|
LWS_WARN_DEPRECATED;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_callback_vhost_protocols_vhost() - Callback all protocols enabled on a vhost
|
|
* with the given reason
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: vhost that will get callbacks
|
|
* \param reason: Callback reason index
|
|
* \param in: in argument to callback
|
|
* \param len: len argument to callback
|
|
*
|
|
* - Which: connections using this protocol on same VHOST as wsi ONLY
|
|
* - When: now
|
|
* - What: reason
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_vhost_protocols_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh, int reason, void *in,
|
|
size_t len);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_callback_http_dummy(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_callback_reasons reason,
|
|
void *user, void *in, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_socket_fd() - returns the socket file descriptor
|
|
*
|
|
* This is needed to use sendto() on UDP raw sockets
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_sockfd_type
|
|
lws_get_socket_fd(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_peer_write_allowance() - get the amount of data writeable to peer
|
|
* if known
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance
|
|
*
|
|
* if the protocol does not have any guidance, returns -1. Currently only
|
|
* http2 connections get send window information from this API. But your code
|
|
* should use it so it can work properly with any protocol.
|
|
*
|
|
* If nonzero return is the amount of payload data the peer or intermediary has
|
|
* reported it has buffer space for. That has NO relationship with the amount
|
|
* of buffer space your OS can accept on this connection for a write action.
|
|
*
|
|
* This number represents the maximum you could send to the peer or intermediary
|
|
* on this connection right now without the protocol complaining.
|
|
*
|
|
* lws manages accounting for send window updates and payload writes
|
|
* automatically, so this number reflects the situation at the peer or
|
|
* intermediary dynamically.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
|
|
lws_get_peer_write_allowance(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Flags for enable and disable rxflow with reason bitmap and with
|
|
* backwards-compatible single bool
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_USER_BOOL = (1 << 0),
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_HTTP_RXBUFFER = (1 << 6),
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_H2_PPS_PENDING = (1 << 7),
|
|
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES = (1 << 14),
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE_BIT = (1 << 13),
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE = LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES |
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE_BIT,
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_DISABLE = LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES,
|
|
LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_FLAG_PROCESS_NOW = (1 << 12),
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_rx_flow_control() - Enable and disable socket servicing for
|
|
* received packets.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the output side of a server process becomes choked, this allows flow
|
|
* control for the input side.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance to get callback for
|
|
* \param enable: 0 = disable read servicing for this connection, 1 = enable
|
|
*
|
|
* If you need more than one additive reason for rxflow control, you can give
|
|
* iLWS_RXFLOW_REASON_APPLIES_ENABLE or _DISABLE together with one or more of
|
|
* b5..b0 set to idicate which bits to enable or disable. If any bits are
|
|
* enabled, rx on the connection is suppressed.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS_RXFLOW_REASON_FLAG_PROCESS_NOW flag may also be given to force any change
|
|
* in rxflowbstatus to benapplied immediately, this should be used when you are
|
|
* changing a wsi flow control state from outside a callback on that wsi.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_rx_flow_control(struct lws *wsi, int enable);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol() - Allow all connections with this protocol to receive
|
|
*
|
|
* When the user server code realizes it can accept more input, it can
|
|
* call this to have the RX flow restriction removed from all connections using
|
|
* the given protocol.
|
|
* \param context: lws_context
|
|
* \param protocol: all connections using this protocol will be allowed to receive
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol(const struct lws_context *context,
|
|
const struct lws_protocols *protocol);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_remaining_packet_payload() - Bytes to come before "overall"
|
|
* rx fragment is complete
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket instance (available from user callback)
|
|
*
|
|
* This tracks how many bytes are left in the current ws fragment, according
|
|
* to the ws length given in the fragment header.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the message was in a single fragment, and there is no compression, this
|
|
* is the same as "how much data is left to read for this message".
|
|
*
|
|
* However, if the message is being sent in multiple fragments, this will
|
|
* reflect the unread amount of the current **fragment**, not the message. With
|
|
* ws, it is legal to not know the length of the message before it completes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Additionally if the message is sent via the negotiated permessage-deflate
|
|
* extension, this number only tells the amount of **compressed** data left to
|
|
* be read, since that is the only information available at the ws layer.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
|
|
lws_remaining_packet_payload(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup sock-adopt Socket adoption helpers
|
|
* ##Socket adoption helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* When integrating with an external app with its own event loop, these can
|
|
* be used to accept connections from someone else's listening socket.
|
|
*
|
|
* When using lws own event loop, these are not needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_adopt_socket() - adopt foreign socket as if listen socket accepted it
|
|
* for the default vhost of context.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: lws context
|
|
* \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
|
|
*
|
|
* Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
|
|
* returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
|
|
* to ws or just serve http.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_adopt_socket(struct lws_context *context, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_adopt_socket_vhost() - adopt foreign socket as if listen socket accepted it
|
|
* for vhost
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vh: lws vhost
|
|
* \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
|
|
*
|
|
* Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
|
|
* returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
|
|
* to ws or just serve http.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_adopt_socket_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd);
|
|
|
|
typedef enum {
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_RAW_FILE_DESC = 0, /* convenience constant */
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_HTTP = 1, /* flag: absent implies RAW */
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET = 2, /* flag: absent implies file descr */
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_ALLOW_SSL = 4, /* flag: if set requires LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET */
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_WS_PARENTIO = 8, /* flag: ws mode parent handles IO
|
|
* if given must be only flag
|
|
* wsi put directly into ws mode */
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_FLAG_UDP = 16, /* flag: socket is UDP */
|
|
|
|
LWS_ADOPT_RAW_SOCKET_UDP = LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET | LWS_ADOPT_FLAG_UDP,
|
|
} lws_adoption_type;
|
|
|
|
typedef union {
|
|
lws_sockfd_type sockfd;
|
|
lws_filefd_type filefd;
|
|
} lws_sock_file_fd_type;
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
struct lws_udp {
|
|
struct sockaddr sa;
|
|
socklen_t salen;
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr sa_pending;
|
|
socklen_t salen_pending;
|
|
};
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* lws_adopt_descriptor_vhost() - adopt foreign socket or file descriptor
|
|
* if socket descriptor, should already have been accepted from listen socket
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: lws vhost
|
|
* \param type: OR-ed combinations of lws_adoption_type flags
|
|
* \param fd: union with either .sockfd or .filefd set
|
|
* \param vh_prot_name: NULL or vh protocol name to bind raw connection to
|
|
* \param parent: NULL or struct lws to attach new_wsi to as a child
|
|
*
|
|
* Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
|
|
* returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
|
|
*
|
|
* If LWS_ADOPT_SOCKET is set, LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's
|
|
* ready to accept an upgrade to ws or just serve http.
|
|
*
|
|
* parent may be NULL, if given it should be an existing wsi that will become the
|
|
* parent of the new wsi created by this call.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_adopt_descriptor_vhost(struct lws_vhost *vh, lws_adoption_type type,
|
|
lws_sock_file_fd_type fd, const char *vh_prot_name,
|
|
struct lws *parent);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_adopt_socket_readbuf() - adopt foreign socket and first rx as if listen socket accepted it
|
|
* for the default vhost of context.
|
|
* \param context: lws context
|
|
* \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
|
|
* \param readbuf: NULL or pointer to data that must be drained before reading from
|
|
* accept_fd
|
|
* \param len: The length of the data held at \param readbuf
|
|
*
|
|
* Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
|
|
* returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
|
|
* to ws or just serve http.
|
|
*
|
|
* If your external code did not already read from the socket, you can use
|
|
* lws_adopt_socket() instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* This api is guaranteed to use the data at \param readbuf first, before reading from
|
|
* the socket.
|
|
*
|
|
* readbuf is limited to the size of the ah rx buf, currently 2048 bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_adopt_socket_readbuf(struct lws_context *context, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd,
|
|
const char *readbuf, size_t len);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_adopt_socket_vhost_readbuf() - adopt foreign socket and first rx as if listen socket
|
|
* accepted it for vhost.
|
|
* \param vhost: lws vhost
|
|
* \param accept_fd: fd of already-accepted socket to adopt
|
|
* \param readbuf: NULL or pointer to data that must be drained before reading from
|
|
* accept_fd
|
|
* \param len: The length of the data held at \param readbuf
|
|
*
|
|
* Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
|
|
* returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
|
|
*
|
|
* LWS adopts the socket in http serving mode, it's ready to accept an upgrade
|
|
* to ws or just serve http.
|
|
*
|
|
* If your external code did not already read from the socket, you can use
|
|
* lws_adopt_socket() instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* This api is guaranteed to use the data at \param readbuf first, before reading from
|
|
* the socket.
|
|
*
|
|
* readbuf is limited to the size of the ah rx buf, currently 2048 bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_adopt_socket_vhost_readbuf(struct lws_vhost *vhost, lws_sockfd_type accept_fd,
|
|
const char *readbuf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_CAUDP_BIND 1
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_create_adopt_udp() - create, bind and adopt a UDP socket
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: lws vhost
|
|
* \param port: UDP port to bind to, -1 means unbound
|
|
* \param flags: 0 or LWS_CAUDP_NO_BIND
|
|
* \param protocol_name: Name of protocol on vhost to bind wsi to
|
|
* \param parent_wsi: NULL or parent wsi new wsi will be a child of
|
|
*
|
|
* Either returns new wsi bound to accept_fd, or closes accept_fd and
|
|
* returns NULL, having cleaned up any new wsi pieces.
|
|
* */
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_create_adopt_udp(struct lws_vhost *vhost, int port, int flags,
|
|
const char *protocol_name, struct lws *parent_wsi);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup net Network related helper APIs
|
|
* ##Network related helper APIs
|
|
*
|
|
* These wrap miscellaneous useful network-related functions
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_canonical_hostname() - returns this host's hostname
|
|
*
|
|
* This is typically used by client code to fill in the host parameter
|
|
* when making a client connection. You can only call it after the context
|
|
* has been created.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: Websocket context
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_canonical_hostname(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_peer_addresses() - Get client address information
|
|
* \param wsi: Local struct lws associated with
|
|
* \param fd: Connection socket descriptor
|
|
* \param name: Buffer to take client address name
|
|
* \param name_len: Length of client address name buffer
|
|
* \param rip: Buffer to take client address IP dotted quad
|
|
* \param rip_len: Length of client address IP buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This function fills in name and rip with the name and IP of
|
|
* the client connected with socket descriptor fd. Names may be
|
|
* truncated if there is not enough room. If either cannot be
|
|
* determined, they will be returned as valid zero-length strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_get_peer_addresses(struct lws *wsi, lws_sockfd_type fd, char *name,
|
|
int name_len, char *rip, int rip_len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_peer_simple() - Get client address information without RDNS
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Local struct lws associated with
|
|
* \param name: Buffer to take client address name
|
|
* \param namelen: Length of client address name buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This provides a 123.123.123.123 type IP address in name from the
|
|
* peer that has connected to wsi
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_get_peer_simple(struct lws *wsi, char *name, int namelen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_ITOSA_NOT_EXIST -1
|
|
#define LWS_ITOSA_NOT_USABLE -2
|
|
#define LWS_ITOSA_USABLE 0
|
|
#if !defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_interface_to_sa() - Convert interface name or IP to sockaddr struct
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ipv6: Allow IPV6 addresses
|
|
* \param ifname: Interface name or IP
|
|
* \param addr: struct sockaddr_in * to be written
|
|
* \param addrlen: Length of addr
|
|
*
|
|
* This converts a textual network interface name to a sockaddr usable by
|
|
* other network functions.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the network interface doesn't exist, it will return LWS_ITOSA_NOT_EXIST.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the network interface is not usable, eg ethernet cable is removed, it
|
|
* may logically exist but not have any IP address. As such it will return
|
|
* LWS_ITOSA_NOT_USABLE.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the network interface exists and is usable, it will return
|
|
* LWS_ITOSA_USABLE.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_interface_to_sa(int ipv6, const char *ifname, struct sockaddr_in *addr,
|
|
size_t addrlen);
|
|
///@}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup misc Miscellaneous APIs
|
|
* ##Miscellaneous APIs
|
|
*
|
|
* Various APIs outside of other categories
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_start_foreach_ll(): linkedlist iterator helper start
|
|
*
|
|
* \param type: type of iteration, eg, struct xyz *
|
|
* \param it: iterator var name to create
|
|
* \param start: start of list
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper creates an iterator and starts a while (it) {
|
|
* loop. The iterator runs through the linked list starting at start and
|
|
* ends when it gets a NULL.
|
|
* The while loop should be terminated using lws_start_foreach_ll().
|
|
*/
|
|
#define lws_start_foreach_ll(type, it, start)\
|
|
{ \
|
|
type it = start; \
|
|
while (it) {
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_end_foreach_ll(): linkedlist iterator helper end
|
|
*
|
|
* \param it: same iterator var name given when starting
|
|
* \param nxt: member name in the iterator pointing to next list element
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper is the partner for lws_start_foreach_ll() that ends the
|
|
* while loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define lws_end_foreach_ll(it, nxt) \
|
|
it = it->nxt; \
|
|
} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_start_foreach_llp(): linkedlist pointer iterator helper start
|
|
*
|
|
* \param type: type of iteration, eg, struct xyz **
|
|
* \param it: iterator var name to create
|
|
* \param start: start of list
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper creates an iterator and starts a while (it) {
|
|
* loop. The iterator runs through the linked list starting at the
|
|
* address of start and ends when it gets a NULL.
|
|
* The while loop should be terminated using lws_start_foreach_llp().
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper variant iterates using a pointer to the previous linked-list
|
|
* element. That allows you to easily delete list members by rewriting the
|
|
* previous pointer to the element's next pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define lws_start_foreach_llp(type, it, start)\
|
|
{ \
|
|
type it = &(start); \
|
|
while (*(it)) {
|
|
|
|
#define lws_start_foreach_llp_safe(type, it, start, nxt)\
|
|
{ \
|
|
type it = &(start); \
|
|
type next; \
|
|
while (*(it)) { \
|
|
next = &((*(it))->nxt); \
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_end_foreach_llp(): linkedlist pointer iterator helper end
|
|
*
|
|
* \param it: same iterator var name given when starting
|
|
* \param nxt: member name in the iterator pointing to next list element
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper is the partner for lws_start_foreach_llp() that ends the
|
|
* while loop.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define lws_end_foreach_llp(it, nxt) \
|
|
it = &(*(it))->nxt; \
|
|
} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define lws_end_foreach_llp_safe(it) \
|
|
it = next; \
|
|
} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define lws_ll_fwd_insert(\
|
|
___new_object, /* pointer to new object */ \
|
|
___m_list, /* member for next list object ptr */ \
|
|
___list_head /* list head */ \
|
|
) {\
|
|
___new_object->___m_list = ___list_head; \
|
|
___list_head = ___new_object; \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define lws_ll_fwd_remove(\
|
|
___type, /* type of listed object */ \
|
|
___m_list, /* member for next list object ptr */ \
|
|
___target, /* object to remove from list */ \
|
|
___list_head /* list head */ \
|
|
) { \
|
|
lws_start_foreach_llp(___type **, ___ppss, ___list_head) { \
|
|
if (*___ppss == ___target) { \
|
|
*___ppss = ___target->___m_list; \
|
|
break; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} lws_end_foreach_llp(___ppss, ___m_list); \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* doubly linked-list
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct lws_dll { /* abstract */
|
|
struct lws_dll *prev;
|
|
struct lws_dll *next;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* these all point to the composed list objects... you have to use the
|
|
* lws_container_of() helper to recover the start of the containing struct
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_dll_add_front(struct lws_dll *d, struct lws_dll *phead);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_dll_remove(struct lws_dll *d);
|
|
|
|
struct lws_dll_lws { /* typed as struct lws * */
|
|
struct lws_dll_lws *prev;
|
|
struct lws_dll_lws *next;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define lws_dll_is_null(___dll) (!(___dll)->prev && !(___dll)->next)
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
lws_dll_lws_add_front(struct lws_dll_lws *_a, struct lws_dll_lws *_head)
|
|
{
|
|
lws_dll_add_front((struct lws_dll *)_a, (struct lws_dll *)_head);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline void
|
|
lws_dll_lws_remove(struct lws_dll_lws *_a)
|
|
{
|
|
lws_dll_remove((struct lws_dll *)_a);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* these are safe against the current container object getting deleted,
|
|
* since the hold his next in a temp and go to that next. ___tmp is
|
|
* the temp.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define lws_start_foreach_dll_safe(___type, ___it, ___tmp, ___start) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
___type ___it = ___start; \
|
|
while (___it) { \
|
|
___type ___tmp = (___it)->next;
|
|
|
|
#define lws_end_foreach_dll_safe(___it, ___tmp) \
|
|
___it = ___tmp; \
|
|
} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define lws_start_foreach_dll(___type, ___it, ___start) \
|
|
{ \
|
|
___type ___it = ___start; \
|
|
while (___it) {
|
|
|
|
#define lws_end_foreach_dll(___it) \
|
|
___it = (___it)->next; \
|
|
} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct lws_buflist;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_buflist_append_segment(): add buffer to buflist at head
|
|
*
|
|
* \param head: list head
|
|
* \param buf: buffer to stash
|
|
* \param len: length of buffer to stash
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns -1 on OOM, 1 if this was the first segment on the list, and 0 if
|
|
* it was a subsequent segment.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_buflist_append_segment(struct lws_buflist **head, const uint8_t *buf,
|
|
size_t len);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_buflist_next_segment_len(): number of bytes left in current segment
|
|
*
|
|
* \param head: list head
|
|
* \param buf: if non-NULL, *buf is written with the address of the start of
|
|
* the remaining data in the segment
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the number of bytes left in the current segment. 0 indicates
|
|
* that the buflist is empty (there are no segments on the buflist).
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
|
|
lws_buflist_next_segment_len(struct lws_buflist **head, uint8_t **buf);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_buflist_use_segment(): remove len bytes from the current segment
|
|
*
|
|
* \param head: list head
|
|
* \param len: number of bytes to mark as used
|
|
*
|
|
* If len is less than the remaining length of the current segment, the position
|
|
* in the current segment is simply advanced and it returns.
|
|
*
|
|
* If len uses up the remaining length of the current segment, then the segment
|
|
* is deleted and the list head moves to the next segment if any.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the number of bytes left in the current segment. 0 indicates
|
|
* that the buflist is empty (there are no segments on the buflist).
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_buflist_use_segment(struct lws_buflist **head, size_t len);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_buflist_destroy_all_segments(): free all segments on the list
|
|
*
|
|
* \param head: list head
|
|
*
|
|
* This frees everything on the list unconditionally. *head is always
|
|
* NULL after this.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_buflist_destroy_all_segments(struct lws_buflist **head);
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
lws_buflist_describe(struct lws_buflist **head, void *id);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ptr_diff(): helper to report distance between pointers as an int
|
|
*
|
|
* \param head: the pointer with the larger address
|
|
* \param tail: the pointer with the smaller address
|
|
*
|
|
* This helper gives you an int representing the number of bytes further
|
|
* forward the first pointer is compared to the second pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define lws_ptr_diff(head, tail) \
|
|
((int)((char *)(head) - (char *)(tail)))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_snprintf(): snprintf that truncates the returned length too
|
|
*
|
|
* \param str: destination buffer
|
|
* \param size: bytes left in destination buffer
|
|
* \param format: format string
|
|
* \param ...: args for format
|
|
*
|
|
* This lets you correctly truncate buffers by concatenating lengths, if you
|
|
* reach the limit the reported length doesn't exceed the limit.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) LWS_FORMAT(3);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_strncpy(): strncpy that guarantees NUL on truncated copy
|
|
*
|
|
* \param dest: destination buffer
|
|
* \param src: source buffer
|
|
* \param size: bytes left in destination buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* This lets you correctly truncate buffers by concatenating lengths, if you
|
|
* reach the limit the reported length doesn't exceed the limit.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN char *
|
|
lws_strncpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t size);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_random(): fill a buffer with platform random data
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: the lws context
|
|
* \param buf: buffer to fill
|
|
* \param len: how much to fill
|
|
*
|
|
* This is intended to be called from the LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE callback if
|
|
* it's interested to see if the frame it's dealing with was sent in binary
|
|
* mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_get_random(struct lws_context *context, void *buf, int len);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_daemonize(): make current process run in the background
|
|
*
|
|
* \param _lock_path: the filepath to write the lock file
|
|
*
|
|
* Spawn lws as a background process, taking care of various things
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_daemonize(const char *_lock_path);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_library_version(): return string describing the version of lws
|
|
*
|
|
* On unix, also includes the git describe
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_library_version(void);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_wsi_user() - get the user data associated with the connection
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Not normally needed since it's passed into the callback
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_wsi_user(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_wsi_set_user() - set the user data associated with the client connection
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
* \param user: user data
|
|
*
|
|
* By default lws allocates this and it's not legal to externally set it
|
|
* yourself. However client connections may have it set externally when the
|
|
* connection is created... if so, this api can be used to modify it at
|
|
* runtime additionally.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_wsi_user(struct lws *wsi, void *user);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_parse_uri: cut up prot:/ads:port/path into pieces
|
|
* Notice it does so by dropping '\0' into input string
|
|
* and the leading / on the path is consequently lost
|
|
*
|
|
* \param p: incoming uri string.. will get written to
|
|
* \param prot: result pointer for protocol part (https://)
|
|
* \param ads: result pointer for address part
|
|
* \param port: result pointer for port part
|
|
* \param path: result pointer for path part
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_parse_uri(char *p, const char **prot, const char **ads, int *port,
|
|
const char **path);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cmdline_option(): simple commandline parser
|
|
*
|
|
* \param argc: count of argument strings
|
|
* \param argv: argument strings
|
|
* \param val: string to find
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns NULL if the string \p val is not found in the arguments.
|
|
*
|
|
* If it is found, then it returns a pointer to the next character after \p val.
|
|
* So if \p val is "-d", then for the commandlines "myapp -d15" and
|
|
* "myapp -d 15", in both cases the return will point to the "15".
|
|
*
|
|
* In the case there is no argument, like "myapp -d", the return will
|
|
* either point to the '\\0' at the end of -d, or to the start of the
|
|
* next argument, ie, will be non-NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char *
|
|
lws_cmdline_option(int argc, const char **argv, const char *val);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_now_secs(): return seconds since 1970-1-1
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned long
|
|
lws_now_secs(void);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_compare_time_t(): return relationship between two time_t
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: struct lws_context
|
|
* \param t1: time_t 1
|
|
* \param t2: time_t 2
|
|
*
|
|
* returns <0 if t2 > t1; >0 if t1 > t2; or == 0 if t1 == t2.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is aware of clock discontiguities that may have affected either t1 or
|
|
* t2 and adapts the comparison for them.
|
|
*
|
|
* For the discontiguity detection to work, you must avoid any arithmetic on
|
|
* the times being compared. For example to have a timeout that triggers
|
|
* 15s from when it was set, store the time it was set and compare like
|
|
* `if (lws_compare_time_t(context, now, set_time) > 15)`
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_compare_time_t(struct lws_context *context, time_t t1, time_t t2);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_context - Allow getting lws_context from a Websocket connection
|
|
* instance
|
|
*
|
|
* With this function, users can access context in the callback function.
|
|
* Otherwise users may have to declare context as a global variable.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: Websocket connection instance
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_context * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_context(const struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_vhost_listen_port - Find out the port number a vhost is listening on
|
|
*
|
|
* In the case you passed 0 for the port number at context creation time, you
|
|
* can discover the port number that was actually chosen for the vhost using
|
|
* this api.
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: Vhost to get listen port from
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_vhost_listen_port(struct lws_vhost *vhost);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_count_threads(): how many service threads the context uses
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: the lws context
|
|
*
|
|
* By default this is always 1, if you asked for more than lws can handle it
|
|
* will clip the number of threads. So you can use this to find out how many
|
|
* threads are actually in use.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_count_threads(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_parent() - get parent wsi or NULL
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Specialized wsi like cgi stdin/out/err are associated to a parent wsi,
|
|
* this allows you to get their parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_parent(const struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_child() - get child wsi or NULL
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Allows you to find a related wsi from the parent wsi.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_child(const struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_udp() - get wsi's udp struct
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns NULL or pointer to the wsi's UDP-specific information
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct lws_udp * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_udp(const struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_parent_carries_io() - mark wsi as needing to send messages via parent
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: child lws connection
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_parent_carries_io(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void *
|
|
lws_get_opaque_parent_data(const struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_opaque_parent_data(struct lws *wsi, void *data);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_get_child_pending_on_writable(const struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_clear_child_pending_on_writable(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_get_close_length(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char *
|
|
lws_get_close_payload(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_network_wsi() - Returns wsi that has the tcp connection for this wsi
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: wsi you have
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns wsi that has the tcp connection (which may be the incoming wsi)
|
|
*
|
|
* HTTP/1 connections will always return the incoming wsi
|
|
* HTTP/2 connections may return a different wsi that has the tcp connection
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN
|
|
struct lws *lws_get_network_wsi(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_set_allocator() - custom allocator support
|
|
*
|
|
* \param realloc
|
|
*
|
|
* Allows you to replace the allocator (and deallocator) used by lws
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_allocator(void *(*realloc)(void *ptr, size_t size, const char *reason));
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup wsstatus Websocket status APIs
|
|
* ##Websocket connection status APIs
|
|
*
|
|
* These provide information about ws connection or message status
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_send_pipe_choked() - tests if socket is writable or not
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Allows you to check if you can write more on the socket
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_send_pipe_choked(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_is_final_fragment() - tests if last part of ws message
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_is_final_fragment(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_is_first_fragment() - tests if first part of ws message
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_is_first_fragment(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_reserved_bits() - access reserved bits of ws frame
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char
|
|
lws_get_reserved_bits(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_partial_buffered() - find out if lws buffered the last write
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection to check
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 1 if you cannot use lws_write because the last
|
|
* write on this connection is still buffered, and can't be cleared without
|
|
* returning to the service loop and waiting for the connection to be
|
|
* writeable again.
|
|
*
|
|
* If you will try to do >1 lws_write call inside a single
|
|
* WRITEABLE callback, you must check this after every write and bail if
|
|
* set, ask for a new writeable callback and continue writing from there.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is never set at the start of a writeable callback, but any write
|
|
* may set it.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_partial_buffered(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_frame_is_binary(): true if the current frame was sent in binary mode
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection we are inquiring about
|
|
*
|
|
* This is intended to be called from the LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE callback if
|
|
* it's interested to see if the frame it's dealing with was sent in binary
|
|
* mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_frame_is_binary(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_is_ssl() - Find out if connection is using SSL
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection to check
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 if the connection is not using SSL, 1 if using SSL and
|
|
* using verified cert, and 2 if using SSL but the cert was not
|
|
* checked (appears for client wsi told to skip check on connection)
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_is_ssl(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_is_cgi() - find out if this wsi is running a cgi process
|
|
* \param wsi: lws connection
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_is_cgi(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct lws_wifi_scan { /* generic wlan scan item */
|
|
struct lws_wifi_scan *next;
|
|
char ssid[32];
|
|
int32_t rssi; /* divide by .count to get db */
|
|
uint8_t bssid[6];
|
|
uint8_t count;
|
|
uint8_t channel;
|
|
uint8_t authmode;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_TLS) && !defined(LWS_WITH_MBEDTLS)
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_ssl() - Return wsi's SSL context structure
|
|
* \param wsi: websocket connection
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns pointer to the SSL library's context structure
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN SSL*
|
|
lws_get_ssl(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
enum lws_tls_cert_info {
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_VALIDITY_FROM,
|
|
/**< fills .time with the time_t the cert validity started from */
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_VALIDITY_TO,
|
|
/**< fills .time with the time_t the cert validity ends at */
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_COMMON_NAME,
|
|
/**< fills up to len bytes of .ns.name with the cert common name */
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_ISSUER_NAME,
|
|
/**< fills up to len bytes of .ns.name with the cert issuer name */
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_USAGE,
|
|
/**< fills verified with a bitfield asserting the valid uses */
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_VERIFIED,
|
|
/**< fills .verified with a bool representing peer cert validity,
|
|
* call returns -1 if no cert */
|
|
LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_OPAQUE_PUBLIC_KEY,
|
|
/**< the certificate's public key, as an opaque bytestream. These
|
|
* opaque bytestreams can only be compared with each other using the
|
|
* same tls backend, ie, OpenSSL or mbedTLS. The different backends
|
|
* produce different, incompatible representations for the same cert.
|
|
*/
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
union lws_tls_cert_info_results {
|
|
unsigned int verified;
|
|
time_t time;
|
|
unsigned int usage;
|
|
struct {
|
|
int len;
|
|
/* KEEP LAST... notice the [64] is only there because
|
|
* name[] is not allowed in a union. The actual length of
|
|
* name[] is arbitrary and is passed into the api using the
|
|
* len parameter. Eg
|
|
*
|
|
* char big[1024];
|
|
* union lws_tls_cert_info_results *buf =
|
|
* (union lws_tls_cert_info_results *)big;
|
|
*
|
|
* lws_tls_peer_cert_info(wsi, type, buf, sizeof(big) -
|
|
* sizeof(*buf) + sizeof(buf->ns.name));
|
|
*/
|
|
char name[64];
|
|
} ns;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_tls_peer_cert_info() - get information from the peer's TLS cert
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: the connection to query
|
|
* \param type: one of LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_
|
|
* \param buf: pointer to union to take result
|
|
* \param len: when result is a string, the true length of buf->ns.name[]
|
|
*
|
|
* lws_tls_peer_cert_info() lets you get hold of information from the peer
|
|
* certificate.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return 0 if there is a result in \p buf, or -1 indicating there was no cert
|
|
* or another problem.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function works the same no matter if the TLS backend is OpenSSL or
|
|
* mbedTLS.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_tls_peer_cert_info(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_tls_cert_info type,
|
|
union lws_tls_cert_info_results *buf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_tls_vhost_cert_info() - get information from the vhost's own TLS cert
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: the vhost to query
|
|
* \param type: one of LWS_TLS_CERT_INFO_
|
|
* \param buf: pointer to union to take result
|
|
* \param len: when result is a string, the true length of buf->ns.name[]
|
|
*
|
|
* lws_tls_vhost_cert_info() lets you get hold of information from the vhost
|
|
* certificate.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return 0 if there is a result in \p buf, or -1 indicating there was no cert
|
|
* or another problem.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function works the same no matter if the TLS backend is OpenSSL or
|
|
* mbedTLS.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_tls_vhost_cert_info(struct lws_vhost *vhost, enum lws_tls_cert_info type,
|
|
union lws_tls_cert_info_results *buf, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_tls_acme_sni_cert_create() - creates a temp selfsigned cert
|
|
* and attaches to a vhost
|
|
*
|
|
* \param vhost: the vhost to acquire the selfsigned cert
|
|
* \param san_a: SAN written into the certificate
|
|
* \param san_b: second SAN written into the certificate
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 if created and attached to the vhost. Returns -1 if problems and
|
|
* frees all allocations before returning.
|
|
*
|
|
* On success, any allocations are destroyed at vhost destruction automatically.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_tls_acme_sni_cert_create(struct lws_vhost *vhost, const char *san_a,
|
|
const char *san_b);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_tls_acme_sni_csr_create() - creates a CSR and related private key PEM
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: lws_context used for random
|
|
* \param elements: array of LWS_TLS_REQ_ELEMENT_COUNT const char *
|
|
* \param csr: buffer that will get the b64URL(ASN-1 CSR)
|
|
* \param csr_len: max length of the csr buffer
|
|
* \param privkey_pem: pointer to pointer allocated to hold the privkey_pem
|
|
* \param privkey_len: pointer to size_t set to the length of the privkey_pem
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a CSR according to the information in \p elements, and a private
|
|
* RSA key used to sign the CSR.
|
|
*
|
|
* The outputs are the b64URL(ASN-1 CSR) into csr, and the PEM private key into
|
|
* privkey_pem.
|
|
*
|
|
* Notice that \p elements points to an array of const char *s pointing to the
|
|
* information listed in the enum above. If an entry is NULL or an empty
|
|
* string, the element is set to "none" in the CSR.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 on success or nonzero for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_tls_acme_sni_csr_create(struct lws_context *context, const char *elements[],
|
|
uint8_t *csr, size_t csr_len, char **privkey_pem,
|
|
size_t *privkey_len);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_tls_cert_updated() - update every vhost using the given cert path
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: our lws_context
|
|
* \param certpath: the filepath to the certificate
|
|
* \param keypath: the filepath to the private key of the certificate
|
|
* \param mem_cert: copy of the cert in memory
|
|
* \param len_mem_cert: length of the copy of the cert in memory
|
|
* \param mem_privkey: copy of the private key in memory
|
|
* \param len_mem_privkey: length of the copy of the private key in memory
|
|
*
|
|
* Checks every vhost to see if it is the using certificate described by the
|
|
* the given filepaths. If so, it attempts to update the vhost ssl_ctx to use
|
|
* the new certificate.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns 0 on success or nonzero for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_tls_cert_updated(struct lws_context *context, const char *certpath,
|
|
const char *keypath,
|
|
const char *mem_cert, size_t len_mem_cert,
|
|
const char *mem_privkey, size_t len_mem_privkey);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup lws_ring LWS Ringbuffer APIs
|
|
* ##lws_ring: generic ringbuffer struct
|
|
*
|
|
* Provides an abstract ringbuffer api supporting one head and one or an
|
|
* unlimited number of tails.
|
|
*
|
|
* All of the members are opaque and manipulated by lws_ring_...() apis.
|
|
*
|
|
* The lws_ring and its buffer is allocated at runtime on the heap, using
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_ring_create()
|
|
* - lws_ring_destroy()
|
|
*
|
|
* It may contain any type, the size of the "element" stored in the ring
|
|
* buffer and the number of elements is given at creation time.
|
|
*
|
|
* When you create the ringbuffer, you can optionally provide an element
|
|
* destroy callback that frees any allocations inside the element. This is then
|
|
* automatically called for elements with no tail behind them, ie, elements
|
|
* which don't have any pending consumer are auto-freed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Whole elements may be inserted into the ringbuffer and removed from it, using
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_ring_insert()
|
|
* - lws_ring_consume()
|
|
*
|
|
* You can find out how many whole elements are free or waiting using
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_ring_get_count_free_elements()
|
|
* - lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements()
|
|
*
|
|
* In addition there are special purpose optional byte-centric apis
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_ring_next_linear_insert_range()
|
|
* - lws_ring_bump_head()
|
|
*
|
|
* which let you, eg, read() directly into the ringbuffer without needing
|
|
* an intermediate bounce buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* The accessors understand that the ring wraps, and optimizes insertion and
|
|
* consumption into one or two memcpy()s depending on if the head or tail
|
|
* wraps.
|
|
*
|
|
* lws_ring only supports a single head, but optionally multiple tails with
|
|
* an API to inform it when the "oldest" tail has moved on. You can give
|
|
* NULL where-ever an api asks for a tail pointer, and it will use an internal
|
|
* single tail pointer for convenience.
|
|
*
|
|
* The "oldest tail", which is the only tail if you give it NULL instead of
|
|
* some other tail, is used to track which elements in the ringbuffer are
|
|
* still unread by anyone.
|
|
*
|
|
* - lws_ring_update_oldest_tail()
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
struct lws_ring;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_create(): create a new ringbuffer
|
|
*
|
|
* \param element_len: the size in bytes of one element in the ringbuffer
|
|
* \param count: the number of elements the ringbuffer can contain
|
|
* \param destroy_element: NULL, or callback to be called for each element
|
|
* that is removed from the ringbuffer due to the
|
|
* oldest tail moving beyond it
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates the ringbuffer and allocates the storage. Returns the new
|
|
* lws_ring *, or NULL if the allocation failed.
|
|
*
|
|
* If non-NULL, destroy_element will get called back for every element that is
|
|
* retired from the ringbuffer after the oldest tail has gone past it, and for
|
|
* any element still left in the ringbuffer when it is destroyed. It replaces
|
|
* all other element destruction code in your user code.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_ring *
|
|
lws_ring_create(size_t element_len, size_t count,
|
|
void (*destroy_element)(void *element));
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_destroy(): destroy a previously created ringbuffer
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to destroy
|
|
*
|
|
* Destroys the ringbuffer allocation and the struct lws_ring itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_ring_destroy(struct lws_ring *ring);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_get_count_free_elements(): return how many elements can fit
|
|
* in the free space
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns how much room is left in the ringbuffer for whole element insertion.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
|
|
lws_ring_get_count_free_elements(struct lws_ring *ring);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements(): return how many elements can be consumed
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
* \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns how many elements are waiting to be consumed from the perspective
|
|
* of the tail pointer given.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
|
|
lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_insert(): attempt to insert up to max_count elements from src
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
* \param src: the array of elements to be inserted
|
|
* \param max_count: the number of available elements at src
|
|
*
|
|
* Attempts to insert as many of the elements at src as possible, up to the
|
|
* maximum max_count. Returns the number of elements actually inserted.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
|
|
lws_ring_insert(struct lws_ring *ring, const void *src, size_t max_count);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_consume(): attempt to copy out and remove up to max_count elements
|
|
* to src
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
* \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
|
|
* \param dest: the array of elements to be inserted. or NULL for no copy
|
|
* \param max_count: the number of available elements at src
|
|
*
|
|
* Attempts to copy out as many waiting elements as possible into dest, from
|
|
* the perspective of the given tail, up to max_count. If dest is NULL, the
|
|
* copying out is not done but the elements are logically consumed as usual.
|
|
* NULL dest is useful in combination with lws_ring_get_element(), where you
|
|
* can use the element direct from the ringbuffer and then call this with NULL
|
|
* dest to logically consume it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Increments the tail position according to how many elements could be
|
|
* consumed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the number of elements consumed.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t
|
|
lws_ring_consume(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail, void *dest,
|
|
size_t max_count);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_get_element(): get a pointer to the next waiting element for tail
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
* \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
|
|
*
|
|
* Points to the next element that tail would consume, directly in the
|
|
* ringbuffer. This lets you write() or otherwise use the element without
|
|
* having to copy it out somewhere first.
|
|
*
|
|
* After calling this, you must call lws_ring_consume(ring, &tail, NULL, 1)
|
|
* which will logically consume the element you used up and increment your
|
|
* tail (tail may also be NULL there if you use a single tail).
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns NULL if no waiting element, or a const void * pointing to it.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const void *
|
|
lws_ring_get_element(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_update_oldest_tail(): free up elements older than tail for reuse
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
* \param tail: a pointer to the tail struct to use, or NULL for single tail
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are using multiple tails, you must use this API to inform the
|
|
* lws_ring when none of the tails still need elements in the fifo any more,
|
|
* by updating it when the "oldest" tail has moved on.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_ring_update_oldest_tail(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t tail);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_get_oldest_tail(): get current oldest available data index
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
*
|
|
* If you are initializing a new ringbuffer consumer, you can set its tail to
|
|
* this to start it from the oldest ringbuffer entry still available.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uint32_t
|
|
lws_ring_get_oldest_tail(struct lws_ring *ring);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_next_linear_insert_range(): used to write directly into the ring
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to report on
|
|
* \param start: pointer to a void * set to the start of the next ringbuffer area
|
|
* \param bytes: pointer to a size_t set to the max length you may use from *start
|
|
*
|
|
* This provides a low-level, bytewise access directly into the ringbuffer
|
|
* allowing direct insertion of data without having to use a bounce buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* The api reports the position and length of the next linear range that can
|
|
* be written in the ringbuffer, ie, up to the point it would wrap, and sets
|
|
* *start and *bytes accordingly. You can then, eg, directly read() into
|
|
* *start for up to *bytes, and use lws_ring_bump_head() to update the lws_ring
|
|
* with what you have done.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns nonzero if no insertion is currently possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_ring_next_linear_insert_range(struct lws_ring *ring, void **start,
|
|
size_t *bytes);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_ring_bump_head(): used to write directly into the ring
|
|
*
|
|
* \param ring: the struct lws_ring to operate on
|
|
* \param bytes: the number of bytes you inserted at the current head
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_ring_bump_head(struct lws_ring *ring, size_t bytes);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_ring_dump(struct lws_ring *ring, uint32_t *tail);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is a helper that combines the common pattern of needing to consume
|
|
* some ringbuffer elements, move the consumer tail on, and check if that
|
|
* has moved any ringbuffer elements out of scope, because it was the last
|
|
* consumer that had not already consumed them.
|
|
*
|
|
* Elements that go out of scope because the oldest tail is now after them
|
|
* get garbage-collected by calling the destroy_element callback on them
|
|
* defined when the ringbuffer was created.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define lws_ring_consume_and_update_oldest_tail(\
|
|
___ring, /* the lws_ring object */ \
|
|
___type, /* type of objects with tails */ \
|
|
___ptail, /* ptr to tail of obj with tail doing consuming */ \
|
|
___count, /* count of payload objects being consumed */ \
|
|
___list_head, /* head of list of objects with tails */ \
|
|
___mtail, /* member name of tail in ___type */ \
|
|
___mlist /* member name of next list member ptr in ___type */ \
|
|
) { \
|
|
int ___n, ___m; \
|
|
\
|
|
___n = lws_ring_get_oldest_tail(___ring) == *(___ptail); \
|
|
lws_ring_consume(___ring, ___ptail, NULL, ___count); \
|
|
if (___n) { \
|
|
uint32_t ___oldest; \
|
|
___n = 0; \
|
|
___oldest = *(___ptail); \
|
|
lws_start_foreach_llp(___type **, ___ppss, ___list_head) { \
|
|
___m = lws_ring_get_count_waiting_elements( \
|
|
___ring, &(*___ppss)->tail); \
|
|
if (___m >= ___n) { \
|
|
___n = ___m; \
|
|
___oldest = (*___ppss)->tail; \
|
|
} \
|
|
} lws_end_foreach_llp(___ppss, ___mlist); \
|
|
\
|
|
lws_ring_update_oldest_tail(___ring, ___oldest); \
|
|
} \
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This does the same as the lws_ring_consume_and_update_oldest_tail()
|
|
* helper, but for the simpler case there is only one consumer, so one
|
|
* tail, and that tail is always the oldest tail.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define lws_ring_consume_single_tail(\
|
|
___ring, /* the lws_ring object */ \
|
|
___ptail, /* ptr to tail of obj with tail doing consuming */ \
|
|
___count /* count of payload objects being consumed */ \
|
|
) { \
|
|
lws_ring_consume(___ring, ___ptail, NULL, ___count); \
|
|
lws_ring_update_oldest_tail(___ring, *(___ptail)); \
|
|
}
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup sha SHA and B64 helpers
|
|
* ##SHA and B64 helpers
|
|
*
|
|
* These provide SHA-1 and B64 helper apis
|
|
*/
|
|
///@{
|
|
#ifdef LWS_SHA1_USE_OPENSSL_NAME
|
|
#define lws_SHA1 SHA1
|
|
#else
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_SHA1(): make a SHA-1 digest of a buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* \param d: incoming buffer
|
|
* \param n: length of incoming buffer
|
|
* \param md: buffer for message digest (must be >= 20 bytes)
|
|
*
|
|
* Reduces any size buffer into a 20-byte SHA-1 hash.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char *
|
|
lws_SHA1(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_b64_encode_string(): encode a string into base 64
|
|
*
|
|
* \param in: incoming buffer
|
|
* \param in_len: length of incoming buffer
|
|
* \param out: result buffer
|
|
* \param out_size: length of result buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Encodes a string using b64
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_b64_encode_string(const char *in, int in_len, char *out, int out_size);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_b64_encode_string_url(): encode a string into base 64
|
|
*
|
|
* \param in: incoming buffer
|
|
* \param in_len: length of incoming buffer
|
|
* \param out: result buffer
|
|
* \param out_size: length of result buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Encodes a string using b64 with the "URL" variant (+ -> -, and / -> _)
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_b64_encode_string_url(const char *in, int in_len, char *out, int out_size);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_b64_decode_string(): decode a string from base 64
|
|
*
|
|
* \param in: incoming buffer
|
|
* \param out: result buffer
|
|
* \param out_size: length of result buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Decodes a NUL-terminated string using b64
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_b64_decode_string(const char *in, char *out, int out_size);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_b64_decode_string_len(): decode a string from base 64
|
|
*
|
|
* \param in: incoming buffer
|
|
* \param in_len: length of incoming buffer
|
|
* \param out: result buffer
|
|
* \param out_size: length of result buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* Decodes a range of chars using b64
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_b64_decode_string_len(const char *in, int in_len, char *out, int out_size);
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup cgi cgi handling
|
|
*
|
|
* ##CGI handling
|
|
*
|
|
* These functions allow low-level control over stdin/out/err of the cgi.
|
|
*
|
|
* However for most cases, binding the cgi to http in and out, the default
|
|
* lws implementation already does the right thing.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum lws_enum_stdinouterr {
|
|
LWS_STDIN = 0,
|
|
LWS_STDOUT = 1,
|
|
LWS_STDERR = 2,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum lws_cgi_hdr_state {
|
|
LCHS_HEADER,
|
|
LCHS_CR1,
|
|
LCHS_LF1,
|
|
LCHS_CR2,
|
|
LCHS_LF2,
|
|
LHCS_RESPONSE,
|
|
LHCS_DUMP_HEADERS,
|
|
LHCS_PAYLOAD,
|
|
LCHS_SINGLE_0A,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_cgi_args {
|
|
struct lws **stdwsi; /**< get fd with lws_get_socket_fd() */
|
|
enum lws_enum_stdinouterr ch; /**< channel index */
|
|
unsigned char *data; /**< for messages with payload */
|
|
enum lws_cgi_hdr_state hdr_state; /**< track where we are in cgi headers */
|
|
int len; /**< length */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LWS_WITH_CGI
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cgi: spawn network-connected cgi process
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: connection to own the process
|
|
* \param exec_array: array of "exec-name" "arg1" ... "argn" NULL
|
|
* \param script_uri_path_len: how many chars on the left of the uri are the
|
|
* path to the cgi, or -1 to spawn without URL-related env vars
|
|
* \param timeout_secs: seconds script should be allowed to run
|
|
* \param mp_cgienv: pvo list with per-vhost cgi options to put in env
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_cgi(struct lws *wsi, const char * const *exec_array,
|
|
int script_uri_path_len, int timeout_secs,
|
|
const struct lws_protocol_vhost_options *mp_cgienv);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cgi_write_split_stdout_headers: write cgi output accounting for header part
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: connection to own the process
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_cgi_write_split_stdout_headers(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cgi_kill: terminate cgi process associated with wsi
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: connection to own the process
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_cgi_kill(struct lws *wsi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_cgi_get_stdwsi: get wsi for stdin, stdout, or stderr
|
|
*
|
|
* \param wsi: parent wsi that has cgi
|
|
* \param ch: which of LWS_STDIN, LWS_STDOUT or LWS_STDERR
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws *
|
|
lws_cgi_get_stdwsi(struct lws *wsi, enum lws_enum_stdinouterr ch);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
///@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \defgroup fops file operation wrapping
|
|
*
|
|
* ##File operation wrapping
|
|
*
|
|
* Use these helper functions if you want to access a file from the perspective
|
|
* of a specific wsi, which is usually the case. If you just want contextless
|
|
* file access, use the fops callbacks directly with NULL wsi instead of these
|
|
* helpers.
|
|
*
|
|
* If so, then it calls the platform handler or user overrides where present
|
|
* (as defined in info->fops)
|
|
*
|
|
* The advantage from all this is user code can be portable for file operations
|
|
* without having to deal with differences between platforms.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_plat_file_ops - Platform-specific file operations
|
|
*
|
|
* These provide platform-agnostic ways to deal with filesystem access in the
|
|
* library and in the user code.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_ESP32)
|
|
/* sdk preprocessor defs? compiler issue? gets confused with member names */
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_OPEN _open
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_CLOSE _close
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR _seek_cur
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_READ _read
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_WRITE _write
|
|
#else
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_OPEN open
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_CLOSE close
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR seek_cur
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_READ read
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_WRITE write
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_FLAGS_MASK ((1 << 23) - 1)
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_ACCEPTABLE_GZIP (1 << 24)
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_IS_GZIP (1 << 25)
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_FLAG_MOD_TIME_VALID (1 << 26)
|
|
#define LWS_FOP_FLAG_VIRTUAL (1 << 27)
|
|
|
|
struct lws_plat_file_ops;
|
|
|
|
struct lws_fop_fd {
|
|
lws_filefd_type fd;
|
|
/**< real file descriptor related to the file... */
|
|
const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops;
|
|
/**< fops that apply to this fop_fd */
|
|
void *filesystem_priv;
|
|
/**< ignored by lws; owned by the fops handlers */
|
|
lws_filepos_t pos;
|
|
/**< generic "position in file" */
|
|
lws_filepos_t len;
|
|
/**< generic "length of file" */
|
|
lws_fop_flags_t flags;
|
|
/**< copy of the returned flags */
|
|
uint32_t mod_time;
|
|
/**< optional "modification time of file", only valid if .open()
|
|
* set the LWS_FOP_FLAG_MOD_TIME_VALID flag */
|
|
};
|
|
typedef struct lws_fop_fd *lws_fop_fd_t;
|
|
|
|
struct lws_fops_index {
|
|
const char *sig; /* NULL or vfs signature, eg, ".zip/" */
|
|
uint8_t len; /* length of above string */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lws_plat_file_ops {
|
|
lws_fop_fd_t (*LWS_FOP_OPEN)(const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops,
|
|
const char *filename, const char *vpath,
|
|
lws_fop_flags_t *flags);
|
|
/**< Open file (always binary access if plat supports it)
|
|
* vpath may be NULL, or if the fops understands it, the point at which
|
|
* the filename's virtual part starts.
|
|
* *flags & LWS_FOP_FLAGS_MASK should be set to O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
|
|
* If the file may be gzip-compressed,
|
|
* LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_ACCEPTABLE_GZIP is set. If it actually is
|
|
* gzip-compressed, then the open handler should OR
|
|
* LWS_FOP_FLAG_COMPR_IS_GZIP on to *flags before returning.
|
|
*/
|
|
int (*LWS_FOP_CLOSE)(lws_fop_fd_t *fop_fd);
|
|
/**< close file AND set the pointer to NULL */
|
|
lws_fileofs_t (*LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR)(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd,
|
|
lws_fileofs_t offset_from_cur_pos);
|
|
/**< seek from current position */
|
|
int (*LWS_FOP_READ)(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
|
|
uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
|
|
/**< Read from file, on exit *amount is set to amount actually read */
|
|
int (*LWS_FOP_WRITE)(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
|
|
uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
|
|
/**< Write to file, on exit *amount is set to amount actually written */
|
|
|
|
struct lws_fops_index fi[3];
|
|
/**< vfs path signatures implying use of this fops */
|
|
|
|
const struct lws_plat_file_ops *next;
|
|
/**< NULL or next fops in list */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_get_fops() - get current file ops
|
|
*
|
|
* \param context: context
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct lws_plat_file_ops * LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_get_fops(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_set_fops(struct lws_context *context, const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vfs_tell() - get current file position
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are asking about
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_filepos_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_vfs_tell(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vfs_get_length() - get current file total length in bytes
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are asking about
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_filepos_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_vfs_get_length(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vfs_get_mod_time() - get time file last modified
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are asking about
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uint32_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_vfs_get_mod_time(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vfs_file_seek_set() - seek relative to start of file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are seeking in
|
|
* \param offset: offset from start of file
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
|
|
lws_vfs_file_seek_set(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_vfs_file_seek_end() - seek relative to end of file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: fop_fd we are seeking in
|
|
* \param offset: offset from start of file
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
|
|
lws_vfs_file_seek_end(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset);
|
|
|
|
extern struct lws_plat_file_ops fops_zip;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_plat_file_open() - open vfs filepath
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fops: file ops struct that applies to this descriptor
|
|
* \param vfs_path: filename to open
|
|
* \param flags: pointer to open flags
|
|
*
|
|
* The vfs_path is scanned for known fops signatures, and the open directed
|
|
* to any matching fops open.
|
|
*
|
|
* User code should use this api to perform vfs opens.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns semi-opaque handle
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fop_fd_t LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_vfs_file_open(const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops, const char *vfs_path,
|
|
lws_fop_flags_t *flags);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_plat_file_close() - close file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: file handle to close
|
|
*/
|
|
static LWS_INLINE int
|
|
lws_vfs_file_close(lws_fop_fd_t *fop_fd)
|
|
{
|
|
return (*fop_fd)->fops->LWS_FOP_CLOSE(fop_fd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_plat_file_seek_cur() - close file
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: file handle
|
|
* \param offset: position to seek to
|
|
*/
|
|
static LWS_INLINE lws_fileofs_t
|
|
lws_vfs_file_seek_cur(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
return fop_fd->fops->LWS_FOP_SEEK_CUR(fop_fd, offset);
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_plat_file_read() - read from file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: file handle
|
|
* \param amount: how much to read (rewritten by call)
|
|
* \param buf: buffer to write to
|
|
* \param len: max length
|
|
*/
|
|
static LWS_INLINE int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_vfs_file_read(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
|
|
uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len)
|
|
{
|
|
return fop_fd->fops->LWS_FOP_READ(fop_fd, amount, buf, len);
|
|
}
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_plat_file_write() - write from file
|
|
*
|
|
* \param fop_fd: file handle
|
|
* \param amount: how much to write (rewritten by call)
|
|
* \param buf: buffer to read from
|
|
* \param len: max length
|
|
*/
|
|
static LWS_INLINE int LWS_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
lws_vfs_file_write(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
|
|
uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len)
|
|
{
|
|
return fop_fd->fops->LWS_FOP_WRITE(fop_fd, amount, buf, len);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* these are the platform file operations implementations... they can
|
|
* be called directly and used in fops arrays
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fop_fd_t
|
|
_lws_plat_file_open(const struct lws_plat_file_ops *fops, const char *filename,
|
|
const char *vpath, lws_fop_flags_t *flags);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
_lws_plat_file_close(lws_fop_fd_t *fop_fd);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN lws_fileofs_t
|
|
_lws_plat_file_seek_cur(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_fileofs_t offset);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
_lws_plat_file_read(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
|
|
uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
_lws_plat_file_write(lws_fop_fd_t fop_fd, lws_filepos_t *amount,
|
|
uint8_t *buf, lws_filepos_t len);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_alloc_vfs_file(struct lws_context *context, const char *filename,
|
|
uint8_t **buf, lws_filepos_t *amount);
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup smtp SMTP related functions
|
|
* ##SMTP related functions
|
|
* \ingroup lwsapi
|
|
*
|
|
* These apis let you communicate with a local SMTP server to send email from
|
|
* lws. It handles all the SMTP sequencing and protocol actions.
|
|
*
|
|
* Your system should have postfix, sendmail or another MTA listening on port
|
|
* 25 and able to send email using the "mail" commandline app. Usually distro
|
|
* MTAs are configured for this by default.
|
|
*
|
|
* It runs via its own libuv events if initialized (which requires giving it
|
|
* a libuv loop to attach to).
|
|
*
|
|
* It operates using three callbacks, on_next() queries if there is a new email
|
|
* to send, on_get_body() asks for the body of the email, and on_sent() is
|
|
* called after the email is successfully sent.
|
|
*
|
|
* To use it
|
|
*
|
|
* - create an lws_email struct
|
|
*
|
|
* - initialize data, loop, the email_* strings, max_content_size and
|
|
* the callbacks
|
|
*
|
|
* - call lws_email_init()
|
|
*
|
|
* When you have at least one email to send, call lws_email_check() to
|
|
* schedule starting to send it.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
#ifdef LWS_WITH_SMTP
|
|
|
|
/** enum lwsgs_smtp_states - where we are in SMTP protocol sequence */
|
|
enum lwsgs_smtp_states {
|
|
LGSSMTP_IDLE, /**< awaiting new email */
|
|
LGSSMTP_CONNECTING, /**< opening tcp connection to MTA */
|
|
LGSSMTP_CONNECTED, /**< tcp connection to MTA is connected */
|
|
LGSSMTP_SENT_HELO, /**< sent the HELO */
|
|
LGSSMTP_SENT_FROM, /**< sent FROM */
|
|
LGSSMTP_SENT_TO, /**< sent TO */
|
|
LGSSMTP_SENT_DATA, /**< sent DATA request */
|
|
LGSSMTP_SENT_BODY, /**< sent the email body */
|
|
LGSSMTP_SENT_QUIT, /**< sent the session quit */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/** struct lws_email - abstract context for performing SMTP operations */
|
|
struct lws_email {
|
|
void *data;
|
|
/**< opaque pointer set by user code and available to the callbacks */
|
|
uv_loop_t *loop;
|
|
/**< the libuv loop we will work on */
|
|
|
|
char email_smtp_ip[32]; /**< Fill before init, eg, "127.0.0.1" */
|
|
char email_helo[32]; /**< Fill before init, eg, "myserver.com" */
|
|
char email_from[100]; /**< Fill before init or on_next */
|
|
char email_to[100]; /**< Fill before init or on_next */
|
|
|
|
unsigned int max_content_size;
|
|
/**< largest possible email body size */
|
|
|
|
/* Fill all the callbacks before init */
|
|
|
|
int (*on_next)(struct lws_email *email);
|
|
/**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init)
|
|
* called when idle, 0 = another email to send, nonzero is idle.
|
|
* If you return 0, all of the email_* char arrays must be set
|
|
* to something useful. */
|
|
int (*on_sent)(struct lws_email *email);
|
|
/**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init)
|
|
* called when transfer of the email to the SMTP server was
|
|
* successful, your callback would remove the current email
|
|
* from its queue */
|
|
int (*on_get_body)(struct lws_email *email, char *buf, int len);
|
|
/**< (Fill in before calling lws_email_init)
|
|
* called when the body part of the queued email is about to be
|
|
* sent to the SMTP server. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* private things */
|
|
uv_timer_t timeout_email; /**< private */
|
|
enum lwsgs_smtp_states estate; /**< private */
|
|
uv_connect_t email_connect_req; /**< private */
|
|
uv_tcp_t email_client; /**< private */
|
|
time_t email_connect_started; /**< private */
|
|
char email_buf[256]; /**< private */
|
|
char *content; /**< private */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_email_init() - Initialize a struct lws_email
|
|
*
|
|
* \param email: struct lws_email to init
|
|
* \param loop: libuv loop to use
|
|
* \param max_content: max email content size
|
|
*
|
|
* Prepares a struct lws_email for use ending SMTP
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lws_email_init(struct lws_email *email, uv_loop_t *loop, int max_content);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_email_check() - Request check for new email
|
|
*
|
|
* \param email: struct lws_email context to check
|
|
*
|
|
* Schedules a check for new emails in 1s... call this when you have queued an
|
|
* email for send.
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_email_check(struct lws_email *email);
|
|
/**
|
|
* lws_email_destroy() - stop using the struct lws_email
|
|
*
|
|
* \param email: the struct lws_email context
|
|
*
|
|
* Stop sending email using email and free allocations
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_email_destroy(struct lws_email *email);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/** \defgroup lejp JSON parser
|
|
* ##JSON parsing related functions
|
|
* \ingroup lwsapi
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJP is an extremely lightweight JSON stream parser included in lws.
|
|
*/
|
|
//@{
|
|
struct lejp_ctx;
|
|
|
|
#ifndef ARRAY_SIZE
|
|
#define ARRAY_SIZE(_x) (sizeof(_x) / sizeof(_x[0]))
|
|
#endif
|
|
#define LWS_ARRAY_SIZE(_x) (sizeof(_x) / sizeof(_x[0]))
|
|
#define LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP 64
|
|
#define LEJP_FLAG_WS_COMMENTLINE 32
|
|
|
|
enum lejp_states {
|
|
LEJP_IDLE = 0,
|
|
LEJP_MEMBERS = 1,
|
|
LEJP_M_P = 2,
|
|
LEJP_MP_STRING = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 3,
|
|
LEJP_MP_STRING_ESC = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 4,
|
|
LEJP_MP_STRING_ESC_U1 = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 5,
|
|
LEJP_MP_STRING_ESC_U2 = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 6,
|
|
LEJP_MP_STRING_ESC_U3 = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 7,
|
|
LEJP_MP_STRING_ESC_U4 = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 8,
|
|
LEJP_MP_DELIM = 9,
|
|
LEJP_MP_VALUE = 10,
|
|
LEJP_MP_VALUE_NUM_INT = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 11,
|
|
LEJP_MP_VALUE_NUM_EXP = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 12,
|
|
LEJP_MP_VALUE_TOK = LEJP_FLAG_WS_KEEP | 13,
|
|
LEJP_MP_COMMA_OR_END = 14,
|
|
LEJP_MP_ARRAY_END = 15,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
enum lejp_reasons {
|
|
LEJP_CONTINUE = -1,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_IDLE_NO_BRACE = -2,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MEMBERS_NO_CLOSE = -3,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_NO_OPEN_QUOTE = -4,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_STRING_UNDERRUN = -5,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_ILLEGAL_CTRL = -6,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_STRING_ESC_ILLEGAL_ESC = -7,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_ILLEGAL_HEX = -8,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_DELIM_MISSING_COLON = -9,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_DELIM_BAD_VALUE_START = -10,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_VAL_NUM_INT_NO_FRAC = -11,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_VAL_NUM_FORMAT = -12,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_VAL_NUM_EXP_BAD_EXP = -13,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_VAL_TOK_UNKNOWN = -14,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_C_OR_E_UNDERF = -15,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_C_OR_E_NOTARRAY = -16,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_ARRAY_END_MISSING = -17,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_STACK_OVERFLOW = -18,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_DELIM_ISTACK = -19,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_NUM_TOO_LONG = -20,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_MP_C_OR_E_NEITHER = -21,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_UNKNOWN = -22,
|
|
LEJP_REJECT_CALLBACK = -23
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE 64
|
|
|
|
enum lejp_callbacks {
|
|
LEJPCB_CONSTRUCTED = 0,
|
|
LEJPCB_DESTRUCTED = 1,
|
|
|
|
LEJPCB_START = 2,
|
|
LEJPCB_COMPLETE = 3,
|
|
LEJPCB_FAILED = 4,
|
|
|
|
LEJPCB_PAIR_NAME = 5,
|
|
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_TRUE = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 6,
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_FALSE = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 7,
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_NULL = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 8,
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_NUM_INT = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 9,
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_NUM_FLOAT = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 10,
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_STR_START = 11, /* notice handle separately */
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_STR_CHUNK = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 12,
|
|
LEJPCB_VAL_STR_END = LEJP_FLAG_CB_IS_VALUE | 13,
|
|
|
|
LEJPCB_ARRAY_START = 14,
|
|
LEJPCB_ARRAY_END = 15,
|
|
|
|
LEJPCB_OBJECT_START = 16,
|
|
LEJPCB_OBJECT_END = 17
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* _lejp_callback() - User parser actions
|
|
* \param ctx: LEJP context
|
|
* \param reason: Callback reason
|
|
*
|
|
* Your user callback is associated with the context at construction time,
|
|
* and receives calls as the parsing progresses.
|
|
*
|
|
* All of the callbacks may be ignored and just return 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* The reasons it might get called, found in @reason, are:
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_CONSTRUCTED: The context was just constructed... you might want to
|
|
* perform one-time allocation for the life of the context.
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_DESTRUCTED: The context is being destructed... if you made any
|
|
* allocations at construction-time, you can free them now
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_START: Parsing is beginning at the first byte of input
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_COMPLETE: Parsing has completed successfully. You'll get a 0 or
|
|
* positive return code from lejp_parse indicating the
|
|
* amount of unused bytes left in the input buffer
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_FAILED: Parsing failed. You'll get a negative error code
|
|
* returned from lejp_parse
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_PAIR_NAME: When a "name":"value" pair has had the name parsed,
|
|
* this callback occurs. You can find the new name at
|
|
* the end of ctx->path[]
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_TRUE: The "true" value appeared
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_FALSE: The "false" value appeared
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_NULL: The "null" value appeared
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_NUM_INT: A string representing an integer is in ctx->buf
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_NUM_FLOAT: A string representing a float is in ctx->buf
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_STR_START: We are starting to parse a string, no data yet
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_STR_CHUNK: We parsed LEJP_STRING_CHUNK -1 bytes of string data in
|
|
* ctx->buf, which is as much as we can buffer, so we are
|
|
* spilling it. If all your strings are less than
|
|
* LEJP_STRING_CHUNK - 1 bytes, you will never see this
|
|
* callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_VAL_STR_END: String parsing has completed, the last chunk of the
|
|
* string is in ctx->buf.
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_ARRAY_START: An array started
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_ARRAY_END: An array ended
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_OBJECT_START: An object started
|
|
*
|
|
* LEJPCB_OBJECT_END: An object ended
|
|
*/
|
|
LWS_EXTERN signed char _lejp_callback(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, char reason);
|
|
|
|
typedef signed char (*lejp_callback)(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, char reason);
|
|
|
|
#ifndef LEJP_MAX_DEPTH
|
|
#define LEJP_MAX_DEPTH 12
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef LEJP_MAX_INDEX_DEPTH
|
|
#define LEJP_MAX_INDEX_DEPTH 5
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef LEJP_MAX_PATH
|
|
#define LEJP_MAX_PATH 128
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef LEJP_STRING_CHUNK
|
|
/* must be >= 30 to assemble floats */
|
|
#define LEJP_STRING_CHUNK 255
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
enum num_flags {
|
|
LEJP_SEEN_MINUS = (1 << 0),
|
|
LEJP_SEEN_POINT = (1 << 1),
|
|
LEJP_SEEN_POST_POINT = (1 << 2),
|
|
LEJP_SEEN_EXP = (1 << 3)
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct _lejp_stack {
|
|
char s; /* lejp_state stack*/
|
|
char p; /* path length */
|
|
char i; /* index array length */
|
|
char b; /* user bitfield */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct lejp_ctx {
|
|
|
|
/* sorted by type for most compact alignment
|
|
*
|
|
* pointers
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
signed char (*callback)(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, char reason);
|
|
void *user;
|
|
const char * const *paths;
|
|
|
|
/* arrays */
|
|
|
|
struct _lejp_stack st[LEJP_MAX_DEPTH];
|
|
uint16_t i[LEJP_MAX_INDEX_DEPTH]; /* index array */
|
|
uint16_t wild[LEJP_MAX_INDEX_DEPTH]; /* index array */
|
|
char path[LEJP_MAX_PATH];
|
|
char buf[LEJP_STRING_CHUNK];
|
|
|
|
/* int */
|
|
|
|
uint32_t line;
|
|
|
|
/* short */
|
|
|
|
uint16_t uni;
|
|
|
|
/* char */
|
|
|
|
uint8_t npos;
|
|
uint8_t dcount;
|
|
uint8_t f;
|
|
uint8_t sp; /* stack head */
|
|
uint8_t ipos; /* index stack depth */
|
|
uint8_t ppos;
|
|
uint8_t count_paths;
|
|
uint8_t path_match;
|
|
uint8_t path_match_len;
|
|
uint8_t wildcount;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lejp_construct(struct lejp_ctx *ctx,
|
|
signed char (*callback)(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, char reason),
|
|
void *user, const char * const *paths, unsigned char paths_count);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lejp_destruct(struct lejp_ctx *ctx);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lejp_parse(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, const unsigned char *json, int len);
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lejp_change_callback(struct lejp_ctx *ctx,
|
|
signed char (*callback)(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, char reason));
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int
|
|
lejp_get_wildcard(struct lejp_ctx *ctx, int wildcard, char *dest, int len);
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Stats are all uint64_t numbers that start at 0.
|
|
* Index names here have the convention
|
|
*
|
|
* _C_ counter
|
|
* _B_ byte count
|
|
* _MS_ millisecond count
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_CONNECTIONS, /**< count incoming connections */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_API_CLOSE, /**< count calls to close api */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_API_READ, /**< count calls to read from socket api */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_API_LWS_WRITE, /**< count calls to lws_write API */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_API_WRITE, /**< count calls to write API */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_WRITE_PARTIALS, /**< count of partial writes */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_WRITEABLE_CB_REQ, /**< count of writable callback requests */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_WRITEABLE_CB_EFF_REQ, /**< count of effective writable callback requests */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_WRITEABLE_CB, /**< count of writable callbacks */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNECTIONS_FAILED, /**< count of failed SSL connections */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNECTIONS_ACCEPTED, /**< count of accepted SSL connections */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNECTIONS_ACCEPT_SPIN, /**< count of SSL_accept() attempts */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_SSL_CONNS_HAD_RX, /**< count of accepted SSL conns that have had some RX */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_TIMEOUTS, /**< count of timed-out connections */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_SERVICE_ENTRY, /**< count of entries to lws service loop */
|
|
LWSSTATS_B_READ, /**< aggregate bytes read */
|
|
LWSSTATS_B_WRITE, /**< aggregate bytes written */
|
|
LWSSTATS_B_PARTIALS_ACCEPTED_PARTS, /**< aggreate of size of accepted write data from new partials */
|
|
LWSSTATS_MS_SSL_CONNECTIONS_ACCEPTED_DELAY, /**< aggregate delay in accepting connection */
|
|
LWSSTATS_MS_WRITABLE_DELAY, /**< aggregate delay between asking for writable and getting cb */
|
|
LWSSTATS_MS_WORST_WRITABLE_DELAY, /**< single worst delay between asking for writable and getting cb */
|
|
LWSSTATS_MS_SSL_RX_DELAY, /**< aggregate delay between ssl accept complete and first RX */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_PEER_LIMIT_AH_DENIED, /**< number of times we would have given an ah but for the peer limit */
|
|
LWSSTATS_C_PEER_LIMIT_WSI_DENIED, /**< number of times we would have given a wsi but for the peer limit */
|
|
|
|
/* Add new things just above here ---^
|
|
* This is part of the ABI, don't needlessly break compatibility */
|
|
LWSSTATS_SIZE
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#if defined(LWS_WITH_STATS)
|
|
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN uint64_t
|
|
lws_stats_get(struct lws_context *context, int index);
|
|
LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void
|
|
lws_stats_log_dump(struct lws_context *context);
|
|
#else
|
|
static LWS_INLINE uint64_t
|
|
lws_stats_get(struct lws_context *context, int index) { (void)context; (void)index; return 0; }
|
|
static LWS_INLINE void
|
|
lws_stats_log_dump(struct lws_context *context) { (void)context; }
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif
|